summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2007-08-29 20:37:00 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2007-08-29 20:37:00 +0000
commit3b96c9c6ec7ee8bdf985ef04b812d45e816da90b (patch)
treebf90788785486b39bef17b3c5da7d51c0d36d2ce
parentd340c324cfbe63068a5ef7776b8debfe2f20f8a1 (diff)
dtk update (28aug07)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4839 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib11386
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/README (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/ReadMe)42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvibin12644 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-adr.ist (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk01.clo)47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-idx.ist (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk97.clo)82
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile102
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx60
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx1384
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty590
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls401
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty401
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo80
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk07.clo (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk00.clo)16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo181
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo108
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo93
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo92
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty38
24 files changed, 2007 insertions, 13304 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib
deleted file mode 100644
index 08a241aee5a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/dtk/dtk.bib
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11386 +0,0 @@
-%% -*-bibtex-*-
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% BibTeX-file{
-%%% author = "Gerd Neugebauer; Jan Braun; Andreas Schlechte",
-%%% version = "1.9",
-%%% date = "Sun Dec 8 2002",
-%%% filename = "dtk.bib",
-%%% email = "DTK Redaktion <DTK-Redaktion at dante.de>",
-%%% checksum = "",
-%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "Die TeXnische Komoedie",
-%%% docstring = "This bibliography covers the contents of
-%%% ``Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie'', the
-%%% Communications of the German speaking TeX
-%%% users group ``DANTE e.V.''.
-%%%
-%%% This \BibTeX\ file uses some advanced
-%%% features. Those features are provided by
-%%% \texttt{german.sty} (maybe
-%%% \texttt{babel.sty} suffices. In additions
-%%% Logos are taken from \textt{dtk.cls}. An
-%%% excerpt is enclosed as \texttt{dtk-logo.sty}.
-%%%
-%%% This \BibTeX\ file is also the base for the
-%%% Web pages at
-%%% \url{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}.
-%%% "
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm} }
-@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten} }
-@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die} }
-@STRING{editorial = {Editorial} }
-@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen} }
-@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus} }
-@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne} }
-@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)} }
-@STRING{magazin = {Magazin} }
-@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen} }
-@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten
- \dots} }
-@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse} }
-@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage} }
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial,
- author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE}
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von
- {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}
- e.{V}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {8--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {12--15},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische,
- author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac},
- title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe,
- 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {15--17},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen,
- author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
- title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in
- {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {18--20},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der
- n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {21--24},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = 25,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:lammarsch:software,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = 26,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot,
- author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
- title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = 27,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:detig:digital,
- author = {Christine Detig},
- title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and
- {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = {29--30},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {Typographie, Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:jones:underfull,
- author = {Frankeye Jones},
- title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = 31,
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1989,
- volume = {0/89},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = dec,
- pages = 32,
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial,
- author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {4--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11,
- {N}o. 1},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {12--15},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:knuth:new,
- author = {Donald E. Knuth},
- title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {16--22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex,
- author = {Gabriele Kruljac},
- title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {23--24},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen,
- author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
- title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {24--27},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Regelsatz,}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung,
- author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
- title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit
- \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {32--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme,
- author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
- title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {27--32},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Struktogramme}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist,
- author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar},
- title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der
- \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {34--36},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die
- {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung nicht ersetzen,
- sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche
- M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein
- neuer, f{\"u}r alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger
- Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.},
- keywords = {Beschreibungen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen
- wird es noch geben?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {37--39},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:mid:publisher,
- key = {mid:publisher},
- author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}},
- title = {Publisher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {40--41},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung,
- author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
- title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {42--43},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {DTP}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen,
- optauthor = {N. N.},
- title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen
- {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = {44--45},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {1/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = mar,
- pages = 46,
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:burr:editorial,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Dante {L}etter},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {4--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {7--9},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {9--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11,
- {N}o.~2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {11--15},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11,
- {N}o.~3},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {15--20},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {21--29},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an
- Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und Programme), deren Bedeutung
- und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt ist. F{\"u}r
- das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre
- Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind,
- erl{\"a}utert.},
- keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {30--32},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:schrod:status,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {32--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {35--37},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Tabellensatz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:detig:deutsche,
- author = {Christine Detig},
- title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {38--40},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {2/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 41,
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:burr:editorial,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {4--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = 8,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kasenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht,
- author = {Jens Schmidt},
- title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {9--11},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht,
- author = {Reinhard Zierke},
- title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen
- {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {11--16},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet,
- author = {Andreas Dafferner},
- title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$
- {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {17--18},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige,
- author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
- title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des
- {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = 28,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation,
- author = {Dirk Donath},
- title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {19--22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {HPTOMF}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:partl:notizen,
- author = {Hubert Partl},
- title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {22--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung,
- author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
- title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {26--29},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von
- {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines Dokumentes durch eine
- zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche
- gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option
- implementiert.},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme,
- author = {Jens Pirnay},
- title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {3/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {30--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:burr:editorial,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11,
- {N}o.~5},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {9--13},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag,
- author = {Andreas Dafferner},
- title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t
- $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 14,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des
- {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {14--16},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {BibTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter,
- author = {Reinhard Zierke},
- title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {17--22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick,
- author = {Jens Pirnay},
- title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von
- {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {22--23},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:knuth:future,
- author = {Donald E. Knuth},
- title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {23--25},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch,
- author = {Klaus Thull},
- title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {25--36},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {37--41},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX,
- sb\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach},
- title = {Brief an den {E}ditor},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 42,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Kalender in {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {43--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Kalender}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1990,
- volume = {4/90},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:burr:editorial,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von
- {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}
- e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort,
- author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {11--12},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht,
- author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller},
- title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen
- {\TeX} {I}nteressenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {13--16},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche,
- author = {Thomas Esken},
- title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {17--20},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi,
- author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr},
- title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r
- {P}ersonal {C}omputer},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {20--23},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung,
- author = {Oliver Schurr},
- title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in
- {E}rfahrungsbericht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {23--24},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {25--26},
- note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {27--29},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Tabellen, }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {30--31},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen,
- key = {physikalisches maerchen},
- title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {1/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {32--33},
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:burr:editorial,
- author = {Barbara Burr},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Neues von {DANTE}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {4--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {7--8},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 9,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {10--14},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx,
- author = {Heinz Werntges},
- title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r
- {HPGL}-{D}ateien},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {14--23},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer
- HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt
- mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r alle typischen
- Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien erzeugen,
- so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und
- eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch
- Rastergrafik (PCX), entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung
- wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern, oder f{\"u}r
- Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}. Das
- EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript})
- erm{\"o}glicht aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung
- und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker
- oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch \textsc{Metafont}
- wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist
- schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert.
-
- Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist {\glqq}public
- domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie
- (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.},
- keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript,
- bm2font, eps}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm,
- author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel},
- title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {22--25},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} --
- {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {26--32},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {32--33},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:dietsche:hat,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {33--34},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen,
- author = {Peter Schmitt},
- title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {35--37},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche,
- author = {Dante Alighieri},
- title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {2/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 38,
- annote = magazin,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {4--16},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Ein {R}esumee},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {17--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt,
- author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {19--21},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph,
- author = {H.-W. Kisker},
- title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein
- {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 22,
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:wiechern:test,
- author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
- title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {34--37},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:baas:briefe,
- author = {Michael Baas},
- title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {37--40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {41--43},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung,
- author = {Henning Astheimer},
- title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {3/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {44--45},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:knappen:bericht,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {6--11},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley},
- title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {12--15},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph,
- author = {H.-W. Kisker},
- title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein
- {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {16--23},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:schalueck:night,
- author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck},
- title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {23--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {26--28},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {28--40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex,
- author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
- title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {40--43},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger Bericht {\"u}ber
- den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.},
- keywords = {Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag,
- author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
- title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {43--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 46,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 47,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {48--51},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex,
- author = {Stephan Lehmke},
- title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 52,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung,
- author = {Stephan Lehmke},
- title = {Grafikeinbindung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {53--54},
- note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
- title = {Serverzugang},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 56,
- note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
- title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 57,
- note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen,
- author = {Michael J. Joswig},
- title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1991,
- volume = {4/91},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {5--22},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {23--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kassenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht,
- author = {Reinhard Zierke},
- title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {25--26},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Stammtisch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {26--28},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten,
- author = {Werner Burkhard},
- title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {29--32},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche,
- author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner},
- title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {33--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Silbentrennung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches,
- author = {Markus Wallmeier},
- title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {35--38},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {BibTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung,
- author = {Fred Sumbeck},
- title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {39--46},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien,
- author = {Jens Schmidt},
- title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {46--48},
- note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen,
- {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 49,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 50,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 51,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {52--54},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang,
- author = {Claus Langhaus},
- title = {Serverzugang},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 54,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit,
- author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle},
- title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 55,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche,
- author = {Guido F. Pauli},
- title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {1/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 55,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {5--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Stammtisch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht,
- author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow},
- title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {7--12},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung,
- author = {Erich Neuwirth},
- title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {13-15},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach},
- title = {{\LaTeX3}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {15-22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische,
- author = {Claus Langhaus},
- title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {22--26},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch unternommen, die
- M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r
- Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die
- Mitglieder von {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige
- Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant sind. Es wird
- dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {26--31},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files,
- author = {Hans-Hermann Bode},
- title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable
- family}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {31--41},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von \BibTeX{}-Style-Files
- vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files abgeleitet
- ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit von
- Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder
- der Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den
- eigentlichen Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch
- eine englische oder deutsche Bibliographie mit
- ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern
- erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t
- bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie
- umgekehrt die Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den
- alten Stilen herstellen.},
- keywords = {BibTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:sowa:text,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Text und {B}ilder},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {41--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Das {\"A}rgernis},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 47,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 46,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg,
- author = {Reinhard Zierke},
- title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte
- {E}inf{\"u}hrung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {48--49},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber,
- author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel},
- title = {Druckertreiber gesucht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 50,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual,
- author = {Jens Kalski},
- title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {2/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 50,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {4--17},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder,
- author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
- title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {18--24},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {25--27},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie,
- author = {Oliver Schurr},
- title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {27--28},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam
- erm{\"o}glicht erstmals eine deutliche Verbesserung des
- Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX} gesetzt sind. Sie
- erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des
- Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und
- enth{\"a}lt einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde
- seines gleichen sucht.},
- keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von
- {DANTE} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {29--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe,
- author = {Dieter Juritza},
- title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer
- {F}ormatkonverter},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {31--32},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:esken:kurzer,
- author = {Thomas Esken},
- title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che
- \textsf{Tx1}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {33--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber,
- author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher},
- title = {Autoaufkleber},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = nov,
- pages = {34--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Autoaufkleber}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender,
- author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus},
- title = {Kalender},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {35--36},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Kalender}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {37--38},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke,
- author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
- title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {39--40},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Knuth}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {41--43},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:riedel:belichter,
- author = {Wolfgang Riedel},
- title = {Belichter gesucht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 44,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts,
- author = {Joachim U. Becker},
- title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {44-45},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten,
- author = {Heinz Kusznier},
- title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 45,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe,
- author = {Michael L{\"o}w},
- title = {Aufgabe},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {3/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 45,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 6,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {6--8},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
- title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {9--16},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller
- Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das
- Vorgehen bei der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert:
- \begin{enumerate} \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem
- anderen Font nehmen; \item PostScript-{\verb+\special+}
- f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der
- Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt
- f{\"u}r die DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas
- Rokicki. \end{enumerate}},
- keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout,
- author = {Joachim Dippel},
- title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead
- {S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {16--20},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen,
- author = {Stefan Breuer},
- title = {Anmerkungen zum \verb+\footnote+-{B}efehl},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {20--22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder,
- author = {Werner Burkhardt},
- title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {22--27},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme,
- author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
- title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {28--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder,
- author = {Dieter Jurzitza},
- title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Schaltbilder}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:dietsche:fette,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 35,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = 36,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe,
- author = {Ernst Bratz},
- title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific
- {W}ord},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {37--38},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1992,
- volume = {4/92},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = dec,
- pages = {38--40},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {5--23},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {23--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch,
- author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski},
- title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 26,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Stammtisch,}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:engelke:dante93,
- author = {Stephan Engelke},
- title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {27--31},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news,
- author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team},
- title = {News from {\LaTeX}3},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {32--34},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:wisser:amiga,
- author = {Ulrich Wisser},
- title = {Amiga und {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {35--41},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen,
- author = {Peter Krebs},
- title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {41--42},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme,
- author = {Martin Wallmeier},
- title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein
- {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {43--46},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {{\"U}berschriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe,
- author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
- title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {46--49},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {50--51},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {52--53},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {53--56},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb,
- author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
- title = {Wettbewerb},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 56,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:hundt:vers,
- author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
- title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt
- fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel,
- author = {Heinz Kusznier},
- title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {60--61},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen,
- author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
- title = {Anmerkungen zu \verb+script_l+},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {1/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {62--63},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 5,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:vieth:bericht,
- author = {Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {6--18},
- note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14.
- TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft,
- author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller},
- title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {19--37},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import,
- author = {Heinz Werntges},
- title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {38--53},
- note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und
- diversen Wandelprogrammen.},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik,
- Metafont, \PiCTeX, Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS,
- em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {54--55},
- note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung,
- author = {Lutz Birkhahn},
- title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und
- {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {56--59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur,
- author = {Franz Strobel},
- title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen,
- author = {Albrecht Mehl},
- title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {2/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {59--61},
- note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat,
- Minimalsystem}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {7--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {26--27},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kassenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen,
- author = {Arne W. Steuer},
- title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {28--29},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben,
- author = {Jan Suchanek},
- title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {29--32},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex,
- author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz},
- title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {32--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible,
- author = {Ralph Schleicher},
- title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte
- {Z}eichens{\"a}tze},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {34--39},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren,
- author = {Dirk Nitschke},
- title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {40--42},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Formelsatz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen,
- author = {Andreas Scherer},
- title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {42--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht,
- author = {Harald Gewehr},
- title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:hesse:tex,
- author = {Norbert Hesse},
- title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {48--52},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Amiga-{N}ews},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {53--54},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {55--56},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen,
- author = {Jens Getreu},
- title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {3/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {6--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e,
- author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt},
- title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {8--10},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz,
- author = {Frank Hassel},
- title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {11--25},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken,
- author = {Andreas Scherer},
- title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {26--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx,
- author = {Oliver Brusberg},
- title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r
- {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {30--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {MakeIdx, Index}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen,
- author = {Andreas Lauschke},
- title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {33--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Hokuspokus},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {30--37},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar,
- author = {Michael Kamlage},
- title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und
- {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {38--39},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:schank:tex,
- author = {Michael Schank},
- title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {39--40},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Rund um den {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {40--43},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:breuer:word,
- author = {Stefan Breuer},
- title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {44--45},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Word, Alcuin}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:zierke:latex,
- author = {Reinhard Zierke},
- title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = {46--48},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger,
- author = {Frank Hrebabetzky},
- title = {Farbiger {D}ruck},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1993,
- volume = {4/93},
- altvolume = 5,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = apr,
- pages = 49,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {6--22},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94,
- author = {Volker Thewalt},
- title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer
- {T}agungsbericht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {23--27},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:hosek:writers,
- author = {Don Hosek},
- title = {Writers on type and typography needed},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = 28,
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Typographie}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken,
- author = {Andreas Scherer},
- title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {29--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros,
- author = {Michael Baas},
- title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {34--40},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen
- praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter
- den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e Diskussionen
- f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen
- allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r
- Makros zu entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros
- entwickelt, die es in verschiedenen Varianten erlauben,
- beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.},
- keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten,
- author = {Arne W. Steuer},
- title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {40--41},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma,
- author = {Richard Hirsch},
- title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {42--45},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als
- Dezimaltrennzeichen verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne
- Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck. Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r
- das Komma im mathematischen modus vorgestellt, die von
- selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein
- Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde
- einf{\"u}gt.},
- keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Seitenzahlen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:lehrke:linux,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke},
- title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {48--51},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Linux, Unix}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:hansen:mut,
- author = {Oliver Hansen},
- title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = sep,
- pages = {52--53},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = 54,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font,
- Fonts, Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2,
- author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}},
- title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {1/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jul,
- pages = {54--55},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther},
- title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 7,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch,
- author = {Andreas Schrell},
- title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {8--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:zapf:has,
- author = {Hermann Zapf},
- title = {Has type design any future},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {11--13},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Stammtisch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:raichle:tex3,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {14--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {26--31},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:schmidt:latex,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {32--36},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Formelsatz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {37--39},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Internet}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:schank:tex,
- author = {Michael Schank},
- title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {39--42},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:porto:tex-service,
- author = {Markus Porto},
- title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t
- {G}ie{\ss}en},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {43--46},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {47--49},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach},
- title = {Seitenzahlen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {2/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {50--52},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen,
- \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}.
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {6--17},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:team:latex,
- author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team},
- title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {18--20},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher,
- author = {Christian Kayssner},
- title = {Handb{\"u}cher},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {21--24},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:steuer:style-files,
- author = {Arne W. Steuer},
- title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {25--30},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger
- einfache Stil-Optionen (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln
- k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist: Vom Speziellen zum
- Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung eines
- Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben.
- Im Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung
- von Tricks und Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr
- ist es Ziel, eine leicht nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise
- darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber funktionierenden
- Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.},
- keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {31--33},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
- author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {33--34},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:sowa:bericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&}
- {G}raphik},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {34--35},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {35--36},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 36,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {MVS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht,
- author = {Norbert Schwarz},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 36,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:koch:bericht,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 36,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
- author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 37,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {PC}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {37--38},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht,
- author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {38--39},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {VAX, VMS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:bayer:bericht,
- author = {Georg Bayer},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 39,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {VM}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {39--40},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht,
- author = {Wener Burkhard},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 40,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {40--41},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {PostScript}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 41,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:schrod:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {42--44},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Treiber}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:loeser:bericht,
- author = {Christa Loeser},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und
- {B}uchhandel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {44-45},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4,
- author = {Andreas Ringhandt},
- title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server,
- author = {Stefan Breuer},
- title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie
- {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {47--49},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros,
- author = {David Kastrup},
- title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {49--52},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche,
- author = {Heinz Kusznier},
- title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = 53,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {3/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = sep,
- pages = {53--55},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {4--11},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende
- Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus verschiedenen Quellen
- zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um
- einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte,
- ergaben sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden
- mu{\ss}ten. Das einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das
- Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht werden sollte. Das
- bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden
- m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die
- Vereinheitlichung der Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die
- \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen werden sollen.
- Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die
- Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine
- entsprechenden Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r
- den Rechner, den ich damals verwendete -- wurde das
- \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als dann einmal die
- grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen noch
- weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das
- Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.},
- keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:schmidt:computer,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {11--16},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:raichle:orale,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {16--23},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung,
- Schleifen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles,
- author = {Matthias Eckermann},
- title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {23--27},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Absatzformen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {28--30},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|,
- \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword,
- author = {Horst Pfeiffer},
- title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {31--34},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:schank:texit,
- author = {Michael Schank},
- title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {34--35},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Rechtschreibreform},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {35--36},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex,
- author = {Harald Schoppmann},
- title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1994,
- volume = {4/94},
- altvolume = 6,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {37--39},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {5--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:unger:mailbox,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger},
- title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {18--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber,
- author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
- title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {20--25},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:mittelbach:math,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach},
- title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {26--27},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:splett:russische,
- author = {Siegfried Splett},
- title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit
- {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {28--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin,
- author = {Markus Porto},
- title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {31--32},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {32},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
- author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {32--33},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:sowa:bericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&}
- {G}raphik},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {33--34},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {34},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 34,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {MVS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:koch:bericht,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {34--35},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {35--36},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:bayer:bericht,
- author = {Georg Bayer},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 36,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {VM}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {36--37},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht,
- author = {Wener Burkhard},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {37},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {38--39},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:schrod:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {38--41},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Treiber, SGML}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:loeser:bericht,
- author = {Christa Loeser},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und
- {B}uchhandel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {41--42},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:dietsche:tex,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {43--44},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:braun:winword,
- author = {Jan Braun},
- title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {45--48},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken,
- author = {Georg Bauhaus},
- title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {1/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {48--50},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:team:modifying,
- author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team},
- title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {6--10},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {11--20},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, wie
- Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen Text
- eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere
- die kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of
- Washington vorgestellt.},
- keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:raichle:orale,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {20--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung,
- \verb|\relax|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:malek:style-files,
- author = {Matthias Malek},
- title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {31--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Styles erstellen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Datumsangaben},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {36--37},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Datumsangaben}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:hanneder:tex,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder},
- title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {38--41},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {41--43},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|,
- \verb|\scriptsize|},
- abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in
- den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle
- \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in
- \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:jones:underfull,
- author = {Frankeye Jones},
- title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = 44,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {2/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = sep,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {6--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {20--21},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 21,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:raichle:tex,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {22--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {34--37},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {37--39},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:knappen:bericht,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {39--40},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:koch:bericht,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {40--41},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:schrod:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung
- und {SGML}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {41--42},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {42--43},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:loeser:bericht,
- author = {Christa Loeser},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und
- {B}uchhandel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 43,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:schrod:tds,
- author = {Joachim Schrod},
- title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory
- {S}tructure},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {44--47},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {48--50},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder,
- author = {Norbert Hesse},
- title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles
- {B}etrug!!!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {50--51},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {3/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {52--53},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Duden},
- reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche
- Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester
- bis zur Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien,
- Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN
- 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische
- {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {6--15},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird neuerdings
- mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige
- Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt.
- Wie er entstand, welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie
- man ihn benutzen kann. },
- keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:raichle:orale,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {15--29},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung,
- \verb|\relax|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket,
- author = {Werner Lemberg},
- title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {30--40},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man Text in mehreren
- Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt worden,
- um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata
- zu editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich,
- Chinesisch in der vereinfachten Schrift
- (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der
- traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in
- Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig darzustellen, obwohl sich die
- Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen. \par Das CJK-Paket
- (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant f{\"u}r
- {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert,
- das interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen
- Pr{\"a}prozessor unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt
- es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF (Chinese Encoding
- Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r die
- CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka
- 48\,000 chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist
- nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor
- der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann verwendet
- werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten,
- die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und
- CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in \texttt{.pk}-Dateien
- konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule f{\"u}r
- CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in
- Zusammenarbeit mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch
- korrekte {\"U}berschriften produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel
- beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.},
- keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch,
- MULE}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {41--42},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative,
- author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and
- Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {43--47},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen
- Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von
- Befehlen in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund
- f{\"u}r eine schnelle und effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier
- abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten einfachen Einstieg in
- die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht
- verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden
- weitere Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder
- Wissenswertes eingehen.},
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex,
- author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse},
- title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem
- {P}r{\"u}fstand},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1995,
- volume = {4/95},
- altvolume = 7,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = mar,
- pages = {48--51},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {5--15},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {16--17},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kassenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = 18,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {c't}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = 19,
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch,
- Koreanisch, MULE}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:matthes:bericht,
- author = {Henning Matthes},
- title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {20--23},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu,
- key = {ftp.shsu.edu},
- title = {ftp.shsu.edu},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = 24,
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {25--42},
- annote = fundus,
- abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die
- Computer-Modern-Schriften, die standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von
- {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine oder andere
- auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder
- LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel
- habe ich mir Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die
- M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches
- Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.},
- keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk, Lateinische Ausgangsschrift,
- lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va, vacal, twcal,
- calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {43--44},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {45--46},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht,
- author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {46--48},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:knappen:bericht,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {48--52},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Metafont}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht,
- author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {52--53},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Public\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = 53,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {53--54},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:loeser:bericht,
- author = {Christa Loeser},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und
- {B}uchhandel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {54--56},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:schroeder:texies,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {56--57},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:willadt:orale,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {58--59},
- note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung,
- Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum,
- author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r
- {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {1/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = jun,
- pages = {60--61},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {6--9},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kassenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:knuth:important,
- author = {Donald E. Knuth},
- title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {10--13},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite
- \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html}
- befindet sich seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die
- Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf
- zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte
- Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste
- Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt wurde, betrifft eine
- nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den
- Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt.
- Diese ge{\"a}nderten Quelldateien werden mit der
- Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf das zweite
- Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der
- Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon
- mehrmals von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der
- Ausgabe 1/1996, S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte
- {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre {\TeX}-Installation und
- besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte
- Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen
- Dateien der neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX}
- Archive Network).},
- keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux,
- Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den
- {S}tandardklassen?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {14--33},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam
- verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf
- \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der
- DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen mehrere Verweise auf
- dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten soll daher
- die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die
- Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden.
- Um den Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen
- \texttt{scrartcl}, \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook}
- sowie das Satzspiegelpaket \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert.
- Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die erg{\"a}nzenden
- Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime},
- \texttt{scrdate}, \texttt{scraddr} und die zu
- \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente
- \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert.
- F{\"u}r die Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum
- Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.},
- keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:raichle:orale,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}
- ({A}ddendum)},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {33--37},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung,
- \verb|\relax|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen,
- author = {Ullrich Breymann},
- title = {Dokumentationen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {37--43},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Tafel-{F}ett},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {44--53},
- annote = fundus,
- abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole
- f{\"u}r die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die
- komplexen Zahlen oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden.
- Diese werden typischerweise durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen
- senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter dargestellt. \par
- Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses Problem.
- Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.},
- keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold, \AmS-Fonts, bbold,
- mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:raichle:roman,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {54--55},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:vieth:tex,
- author = {Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run
- {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere
- {P}lattformen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {56--63},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung,
- author = {Peter N{\"u}chter},
- title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {64--66},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:lagally:alternative,
- author = {Klaus Lagally},
- title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = {67--68},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Humor, Satire}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.2:latex-raetsel,
- key = {latex-raetsel},
- title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {2/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = aug,
- pages = 69,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {6--21},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene,
- author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.},
- title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {21--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:schaa:bericht,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in
- {D}ubna},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {26--30},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:schlechte:-,
- author = {Andreas Schlechte},
- title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {31--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {36--56},
- annote = fundus,
- abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man
- \PS-Schriften zusammen mit \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der
- Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung von bekannten
- Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der
- Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf
- Public-Domain-CDs oder im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei
- werden einige Schriften auch beispielhaft vorgestellt.
- Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den
- Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu
- sehen sind. },
- keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf,
- tftopl, vptovf, vftovp, gpreview, t1tools, t1utils,
- StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA,
- StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA,
- TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 58,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {58--60},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht,
- author = {Harald Schoppmann},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE}
- e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {60--61},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Mailbox}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:knappen:bericht,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {61--62},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Metafont}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
- author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 62,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {PC}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {62--63},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht,
- author = {Christa Preisendanz},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und
- {B}uchhandel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {63--64},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel,
- author = {Redaktionsteam},
- title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {64--68},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = 69,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas,
- author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
- title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1996,
- volume = {3/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = dec,
- pages = {70--75},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {4--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung,
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {8--9},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse,
- author = {Andreas Schlechte},
- title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {9--16},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte ich ein erweitertes
- Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die
- M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel
- Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden
- weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.},
- keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen,
- author = {Herbert Breger},
- title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und
- {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {16--22},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen --
- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {23-40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten,
- Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen, Satzzeichen,
- Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Genealogisches},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {41--53},
- annote = fundus,
- abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man
- nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss}
- man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser Beitrag
- beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.},
- keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts,
- msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding,
- Zapf-Dingbats}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {54--55},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung,
- author = {Peter Mischke},
- title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {4/96},
- altvolume = 8,
- altnumber = 4,
- month = feb,
- pages = {56--59},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- abstract = {},
- keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {{E}ditorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 3,
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:just:protokoll,
- author = {Ehrenfried Just},
- title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {7--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:neubauer:software,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- iptvloume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {19--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Software, Verteilung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {21--24},
- annote = theatertage,
- keywords = {Tagungsbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen --
- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {25--44},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche,
- Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern, Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume,
- Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen,
- Zeilenumbruch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 45,
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing,
- author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel},
- title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {46--54},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache,
- Postleitzahlenbuch},
- abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes wurde mit Hilfe von
- \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank erzeugt.
- Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als
- Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen
- Programmiersprache von Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt.
- Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe wird ein
- kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem
- \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung
- sowie {\"u}ber Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der
- Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den
- kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht,
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 55,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
- author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 55,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Atari}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:raichle:bericht,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX},
- {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {56--58},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht,
- author = {Harald Schoppmann},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE}
- e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {59--61},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Mailbox}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:koch:bericht,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 61,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OS/2}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {61--62},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {PostScript}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 62,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 62,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht,
- author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {62--63},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {OpenVMS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = 64,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {65--66},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon,
- author = {Andreas Schlechte},
- title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und
- {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {1/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 1,
- month = may,
- pages = {66--68},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:neubauer:software,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Software, Verteilung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = 8,
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {9--13},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler,
- author = {Klaus Barthelmann},
- title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {13--19},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth,
- Stommach, Makro},
- abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse
- \texttt{report} verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend
- durch den gesamten Text numerieren. Sie bemerken aber,
- da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel neu beginnt. Was
- tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht darin,
- \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile
- \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen.
- Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere Anpassungen
- vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen
- erfodert, die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich
- aufzuheben. Sie greift in {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt
- uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {19--22},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit einem
- Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist
- er nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz
- gerade mit einer vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben,
- wie {\TeX} dieses Problem selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und
- worauf man dabei zu achten hat.},
- keywords = {Absatzformen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:sieber:russischer,
- author = {Holm Sieber},
- title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {22--31},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische
- Trenntabellen},
- abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem
- \glqq babel\grqq-Paket an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten
- Versuch, damit einen russischen Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te
- ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine
- {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet
- gewesen ist. Ich habe daraufhin die fehlenden Teile
- installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die einzelnen Schritte
- dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben
- russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung,
- author = {Ernst Molitor},
- title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen
- f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {31--36},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen
- Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die Suche nach Literatur
- zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die Umwandlung
- des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX}
- und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings
- m\"uhsam. In diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines
- Programm beschreiben, das eine solche Umwandlung eines
- bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates
- bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von
- {\textit{flex}} geschrieben und baut auf der
- \textit{standard template library} auf.},
- keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter,
- \BibTeX, medline, litlex}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {36--39},
- annote = fundus,
- abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket
- {\textsf{PSfrag}} vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel
- gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von
- \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden
- k{\"o}nnen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:latex-raetsel,
- title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = 40,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:decker:protokoll,
- author = {Herbert F. Decker},
- title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {41--42},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {43},
- note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {Lesetypographie},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {2/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 2,
- month = jul,
- pages = {44--45},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie
- allgemein}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:raichle:editorial,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {5--8},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht 1995},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {9--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Kassenbericht}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den
- {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {11--13},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung},
- abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des
- Betriebssystems OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable
- Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der
- Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine \TeX-kompatible
- Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch als
- auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:gercke:texword,
- author = {Martin Gercke},
- title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {13--15},
- annote = beiprogramm
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform,
- author = {Andreas Schlechte},
- title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {15--22},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket},
- abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine
- neue Diskussion zur neuen Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen
- wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene Beispiele
- und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel
- werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine
- -- mit meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte --
- Bewertung versuchen und ein wenig auf die Umstellung
- f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:raichle:texikon,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {23--24},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {\TeX{}ikon}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:latex-raetsel,
- title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 25,
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {26--36},
- annote = fundus,
- keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline},
- abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht
- sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die Besch{\"a}ftigung mit
- der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die
- Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird
- nicht nur die Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF}
- erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete Outline-Schriften
- vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen
- {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze,
- author = {Henning B{\"o}ke},
- title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {37--40},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 40,
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief,
- author = {Andreas Hirsch},
- title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft
- 2/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 41,
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief,
- author = {Horst Gierhardt},
- title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft
- 2/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {42--44},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = 44,
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:schoebel:ich,
- author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel},
- title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- volume = {3/97},
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- month = oct,
- pages = {45--46},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE}
- {e.V.}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1997,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/97},
- month = oct,
- pages = {48--50},
- annote = theaterkasse
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {5--12},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = 12,
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Belichtungsservice},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {12--14},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll,
- author = {Thomas Hafner},
- title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {15--16},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:braune:protokoll,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K}
- {S}oftware-{D}istribution},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {17--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:muench:protokoll,
- author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch},
- title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K}
- {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {18--24},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht,
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
- author = {Markus Erlmeier},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {24},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Amiga}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch
- {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht},
- author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {24--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Macintosh}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:knappen:bericht,
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
- author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {25--26},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Metafont}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates --
- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {Server}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:braune:bericht,
- author = {Klaus Braune},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {26--27},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {UNIX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht,
- author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
- title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {27--28},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {OpenVMS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {29--39},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts},
- abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe
- und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird, ergeben sich
- einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt
- weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr
- bei den Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die
- t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische,
- author = {Matthias Eckermann},
- title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {40--42},
- annote = beiprogramm
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:kohm:jung,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {42},
- annote = beiprogramm
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:post:erstes,
- author = {Christa Post},
- title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {43--44},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\ Prentice
- Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:vieth:schnell,
- author = {Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg
- {K}nappen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {44--47},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R.
- Oldenbourg Verlag, M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN
- 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:schroeder:tex,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {48--49},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {Merchandising}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma,
- author = {Peter Schmitt},
- title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft
- 1/94},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {50},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen,
- Mathematik}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:schmitt:orale,
- author = {Peter Schmitt},
- title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III}
- ({A}ddendum){"'}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {50--53},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition,
- Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:diverse:offener,
- author = {Diverse},
- title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE}
- e.{V}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {53--56},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche,
- author = {Pr{\"a}sidium},
- title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {56--60},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:molitor:brief,
- author = {Ernst Molitor},
- title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {61--63},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {63--65},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:braun:etwas,
- author = {Jan Braun},
- title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {66-68},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt,
- author = {Matthias Eckermann},
- title = {R{\"u}cktritt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {68--69},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 9,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/97},
- month = feb,
- pages = {70--73},
- annote = theaterkasse
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial,
- author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:post:protokoll,
- author = {Christa Post},
- title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE},
- {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {8--28},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {29--33},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {33--35},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut,
- title = {Redaktionsstatut},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {36--39},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation,
- author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker
- Eiseler},
- title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX},
- {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {40--50},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern von Linux nach der Installation
- des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein vollst{\"a}ndiges (und
- vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur
- Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX}
- auf einem PC unter Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch
- kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der Klassiker unter den
- {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist {em\TeX};
- mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem
- oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit
- nicht mehr optimal.},
- keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt}
-}
-
-Article{ dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser,
- author = {Uwe Baumert},
- title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument --
- {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {53--55},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument --
- Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\
- R. Oldenbourg Verlag, M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\
- ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\
- 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM}
-}
-@Article{ dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief,
- author = {Heiko Oberdiek},
- title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"',
- {H}eft 4/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {56},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {56--57},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC),
- EC-Fonts}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform,
- author = {Wilhelm H. Koen},
- title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:fismer:tex,
- author = {Gregor Fismer},
- title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.1:lang:liebe,
- author = {Christian B. Lang},
- title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 1,
- volume = {1/98},
- month = may,
- pages = {59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial,
- author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {5--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht 1996},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {10--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:bericht,
- title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {12--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {25},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:taylor:-tex,
- author = {Philip Taylor},
- title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der
- {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {26--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:schmidt:tex,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {35--37},
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache
- machen {\"A}nderungen an Silbentrennmustern und an
- Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl die
- traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung
- unterst{\"u}tzt werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die
- entsprechenden Neuerungen.},
- keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:heyl:morse,
- author = {Udo Heyl},
- title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {38--42},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Tabellen importieren},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {42--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Tabellen}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel,
- author = {Peter Schmitt},
- title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {46--48},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:vieth:latex,
- author = {Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et
- al.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {49--52},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\
- Graphics Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and
- PostScript}\\ Addison Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN
- 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:willadt:tex,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan
- {H}oenig},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {52--53},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- \LaTeX\ \& \TeX
- Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
- University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN:
- 0-19-509686-X (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594
- Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:kohm:es,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {54--59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen,
- author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler},
- title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {59--60},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort,
- author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
- title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 2,
- volume = {2/98},
- month = sep,
- pages = {60--63},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial,
- author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {Kassenbericht 1997},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {8--9},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {10--19},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType,
- PSNFSS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:greschner:wege,
- author = {Georg S. Greschner},
- title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {19--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:willadt:tex,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {30--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:skoupy:new,
- author = {Karel Skoup\'y},
- title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues
- {S}atzsystem},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {35--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {NTS}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:sowa:tex,
- author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
- title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {46--47},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {TUG}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
- title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {47--50},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {Euro\TeX}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft,
- author = {Richard Kinch},
- title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {51--53},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von
- "`Die {\TeX} nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1.
- April des Jahres. Die Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern
- diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten, wenn er auch
- jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor ist
- Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version
- TRUE{\TeX} vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde
- bewu{\ss}t verzichtet, da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r
- amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:vieth:tex,
- author = {Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {54--57},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {Rezension},
- reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\
- Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
- University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN:
- 0-19-509686-X (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594
- Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen,
- author = {Frank Meier},
- title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee,
- author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann},
- title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 3,
- volume = {3/98},
- month = oct,
- pages = {59--61},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {Leserbrief}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- altvolume = 10,
- altnumber = 4,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE
- e.\,V.}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {5--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag,
- author = {Marion Neubauer},
- title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung
- von {DANTE e.\,V.}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {18--19},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {20--21},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke,
- author = {Peter Seitz},
- title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {22--24},
- annote = theatertage
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches,
- author = {Axel Reichert},
- title = {Einheit-liches},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {25--28},
- annote = bretter
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle,
- author = {Ulrike Fischer},
- title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {28--33},
- annote = bretter
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:baumert:mit,
- author = {Uwe Baumert},
- title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"'
- von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {34--37},
- annote = rezension
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:schroeder:latex,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle
- {D}alheimer},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {37--39},
- annote = rezension
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung,
- author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr},
- title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {39--42},
- annote = rezension
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:kayssner:wege,
- author = {Christian Kayssner},
- title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {43--47},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
- title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {47--48},
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe,
- author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1998,
- volume = {4/98},
- month = dec,
- pages = {50--51},
- annote = fremdebuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- month = feb,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- month = feb,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r
- {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {5--6},
- month = feb,
- annote = hinterbuehne
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {7--26},
- month = feb,
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die
- korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder
- Verkleinerung von Dokumenten. Da diese Frage
- unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der Fragesteller
- sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig
- klar ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht
- leicht, die Frage in der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten,
- da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt
- wird.
-
- Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb ausgehend von einem
- h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene
- M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen.
- Aufmerksame Leser der deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ
- wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der hier
- empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {27--29},
- month = feb,
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket
- \texttt{overpic} vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt,
- wie damit EPS-Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich durch
- \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen,
- author = {Armin Geisse},
- title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {30--33},
- month = feb,
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von
- DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung f{\"u}r WIN32. Die
- Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer
- Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der
- Font-Verzeichnisse.}
-}
-
-"
-@Article{ dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Rohdaten einlesen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {33--36},
- month = feb,
- annote = bretter,
- abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen
- erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt am leichtesten, wenn beim
- Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden kann, das \TeX\
- versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden, wie auch
- Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau
- festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden
- k{\"o}nnen.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {37--39},
- month = feb,
- annote = schonimmer
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = {40--42},
- month = feb,
- annote = rezension
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.1:greschner:addendum,
- author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner},
- title = {Addendum},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {1/99},
- pages = 43,
- month = feb,
- annote = leserbrief
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {4},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {5--16},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht,
- author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i}
- Zlatu{\v{s}}ka},
- title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {16--19},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung,
- author = {Arnulf Liebing},
- title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {19--21},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99,
- author = {Colin Marquardt},
- title = {Die DANTE'99},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {22-24},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {25--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes
- Symbol definiert. Der Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene
- Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r
- die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:mueller:mit,
- author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller},
- title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {30--35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist
- in {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele
- f{\"u}r diese Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme.
-
- Der Artikel stellt eine graphische Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che
- vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen und
- Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie
- die Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird
- dabei erl{\"a}utert. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe,
- author = {Arnulf Liebing},
- title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {35--38},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe,
- author = {Ulrike Fischer},
- title = {Serienbriefe},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {38--44},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen eine pers{\"o}nliche
- Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann, wenn nicht
- nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt. Die
- in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an
- eine bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des
- Datenbank-Imports an. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung,
- author = {Siegfried Splett},
- title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {44--46},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte
- gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In einer {\em
- Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der
- Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r
- Wort, in die Zielsprache.
-
- Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament
- $\cdot$ \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung
- Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:reincke:typographie,
- author = {Torsten Reincke},
- title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl,
- Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {47--49},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie und insbesondere das Schaffen
- von Typographen, Schriftschneidern, Grafik-Designern und
- anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in diesem
- Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des
- Schriftschaffens mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der
- Titelseite bis zum Logo und Plakat ist dieses Buch ein
- Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die Jahrhunderte bis in
- unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil und einem
- kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.2:project:mehr,
- author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project},
- title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {2/99},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = may,
- pages = {50--51},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:hagen:project,
- author = {Hans Hagen},
- title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {6--13},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex,
- author = {Erdmuthe Meyer zu Bexten and Jens Hiltner},
- title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende
- in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {14--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung,
- author = {Christopher Creutzig},
- title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {27--29},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried Splett das
- Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r
- \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit
- einer kleinen Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das
- Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung,
- author = {Klaus Lagally},
- title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {30--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach
- einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit, in zweisprachigen Texten
- Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils zweizeilig
- untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen,
- author = {Peter Schmitt},
- title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {34--41},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:willadt:tex,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {41--50},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die
- Post an Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden
- Hinweise zur Optimierung der Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit
- seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview,
- author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
- title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {51--56},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r Windows.
- Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine
- Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom
- Autorenteam Erik Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der
- Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe dienen, ob 4all{\TeX}
- als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in Frage kommen
- kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen
- Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe
- von "`\DTK"'. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum,
- author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99,
- author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme},
- title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {61--63},
- annote = {Spielplan},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung,
- author = {Jan Braun},
- title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld ---
- Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {3/99},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = aug,
- pages = {64--65},
- annote = {Spielplan},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von
- DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {5--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges
- Res{\"u}mee},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {11--12},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung,
- author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {12--18},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {18--19},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {WinEdt}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {19--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September
- 1999},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {20--24},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20,
- author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {25--33},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer,
- author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer},
- title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die
- Euro{\TeX}'99},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {33--36},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket,
- author = {Eric Beitz},
- title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und
- Protein\textsl{alignments}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {37--43},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat
- sich aufgrund der M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher
- haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch orientierten
- Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint
- es dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich
- {\TeX} als Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und
- Schattierung von DNA- oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen,
- sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das {\TeX}shade{}-Paket
- wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung
- Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische,
- author = {Philip Taylor},
- title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {43--49},
- annote = bretter,
- note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993,
- Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels
- {\"u}bersetzt.},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken,
- author = {Peter Mischke},
- title = {{EPS-Grafiken}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {50--57},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein
- {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"' Diese Frage hat jeder
- {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt. "`Gar kein
- Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde sie
- mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist
- die Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet
- tats{\"a}chlich selten Probleme. Alle modernen
- {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode. Au{\ss}erdem
- sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden).
-
- Probleme treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im
- EPS-Format auf. Anhand von drei Beispielen aus der Praxis
- soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt werden, wo Probleme
- entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse,
- author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = schonimmer,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {60--63},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen
- Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine Vielzahl von
- n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist
- angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der
- Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung,
- author = {Jan Braun},
- title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 1999,
- volume = {4/99},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 11,
- month = nov,
- pages = {65},
- annote = {Spielplan},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von
- {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {6--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Finanzbericht 1999},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {11--17},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung,
- author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing},
- title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {17--24},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {24--26},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {26--27},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Lizenzabkommen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {27--29},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {29--30},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach},
- title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {31--36},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:zapf:meine,
- author = {Hermann Zapf},
- title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine
- Schriftentw{\"u}rfe},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {37--44},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint,
- author = {Klaus Guntermann},
- title = {PowerPoint ade?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {44--51},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht
- immer PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher
- Formelsatz in einer Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man
- PowerPoint in der Regel gerade \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die
- hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf pdf\LaTeX{}, einem
- Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert, erlaubt das
- schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der
- Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit
- unabh\"angig von einer bestimmten Hardware- oder
- Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:willadt:texin,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {52--54},
- abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht nur zum Erstellen von {\em
- beautifully typset documents}, sondern ebenso als Werkzeug
- f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem Beitrag wird
- eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der
- Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache
- auskommt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr,
- author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others},
- title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- optkey = {},
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {55--57},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender,
- author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {1/00},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = may,
- pages = {57--58},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:dietsche:bei,
- author = {Luzia Dietsche},
- title = {\dante{} bei der MNU},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {5--7},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in Stuttgart die Tagung
- MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des mathematischen
- und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der
- einige Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX}
- und \dante{} machten. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung,
- author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack},
- title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung
- von \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {8},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:team:enters,
- author = {{\NTS\ Team}},
- title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {9--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {11--14},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars
- gezeigt, wie hochwertige Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets
- PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe,
- author = {Joachim Grotherr},
- title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {14--16},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu
- 10\,000~St{\"u}ck bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell
- an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt
- zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der Druckgeschwindigkeit
- und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:willadt:arial,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Arial installieren},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {16--21},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung
- einer nicht in einer Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution
- enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel
- \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift
- installiert wird, wenn die ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und
- \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:neugebauer:in,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {In Reih und Glied},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {21--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung,
- wenn es um das Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der
- M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX} selbst schon mitbringt,
- gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch Zusatzpakete
- einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam,
- alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich,
- dass es auf einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz
- ankommt, wenn man ein ansprechendes und professionell
- aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2::tex-raetsel,
- author = {},
- title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {35},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {36--39},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex,
- author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}},
- title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft
- von {\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {41--57},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:willadt:robert,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {58--59},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.2:schmidt:original,
- author = {Walter Schmidt},
- title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {2/00},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = jul,
- pages = {60--62},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript
- wird eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica
- verteilt. Der Aufsatz beschreibt, wie man diese durch die
- originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und wie letztere,
- v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener,
- author = {Sven Storbeck},
- title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende
- Texte durch gute Typografie},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {6--30},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch
- gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen
- nicht nur die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des
- Verfassers bei, sondern auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere
- Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende Artikel~-- der
- sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt, wie
- es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende,
- author = {Peter Willadt},
- title = {Zeilenabst\"ande},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {31--36},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie gut ein
- Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu,
- dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann;
- auch das Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine
- andere wird dadurch beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e
- Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines
- gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite
- "`gestreift"'. Mithin am schlimmsten sind ungleiche
- Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob ein Absatz
- endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im
- Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung,
- author = {Eric Beitz},
- title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem
- {\TeX}topo-Paket},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {36--},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket
- f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99)
- zeigen, findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern
- seine Anwender. Nun ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket
- f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{}
- verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von Mem\-branproteinen und
- stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng mit oben
- genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte
- Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen
- genommen bilden den Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das
- ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros f{\"u}r
- Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung
- stellen will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere
- Informationen finden sich unter der URL
- \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer,
- author = {Knut Lickert},
- title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {45--52},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\ k{\"o}nnen
- Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden.
- Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne
- Protokolle erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen
- kann eine Zusammenfassung mehrerer Protokolle erstellt
- werden.
-
- Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
- \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/}
- verf{\"u}gbar. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {52--54},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:tex-raetsel,
- title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {54},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.3:reincke:digital,
- author = {Torsten Reincke},
- title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {3/00},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = sep,
- pages = {55-57},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist eine reichhaltige
- Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im Laufe der
- Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei
- Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus
- verschiedensten Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher
- Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel Interessantes, aber auch
- Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.}
- am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {6--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer,
- author = {Tobias Sterzl},
- title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung
- an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {10--11},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:koch:einladung,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {12},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch,
- author = {Martin Trautner},
- title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {13--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums,
- stellt besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum
- einen m{\"u}ssen geeignete Fonts beschafft und
- bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen ist {\TeX} mit der
- F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum Schreiben
- gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von
- rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die
- verschiedenen M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte
- mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu setzen. Das Ergebnis in der
- gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX} macht dieses
- Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in
- wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit
- der Erforschung jiddischer Sprache und Kultur
- besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen wei{\ss} sich
- der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze,
- author = {Werner Lemberg},
- title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {26--40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das Funktionsprinzip der
- thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der
- notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels
- \texttt{afm2tfm}. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {40--47},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in
- {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter
- Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster} ein Poster in
- beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext,
- author = {Knut Lickert},
- title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {47--50},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty}
- kann man schnell Text erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu
- testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
- \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx}
- verf{\"u}gbar. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {50--52},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war nicht
- ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll
- zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu
- skizzieren. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:herrmann:latex,
- author = {Karin Halupczok\and{} Immanuel Herrmann},
- title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {52},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:neitmann:texim,
- author = {Elisabeth Neitmann},
- title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur
- Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = leserbrief,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001,
- author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {55--56},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung,
- author = {Georg Lachenmayr},
- title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und
- Call for Papers},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2000,
- volume = {4/00},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 12,
- month = nov,
- pages = {58},
- annote = {Spielplan},
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am
- 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {6--15},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Finanzbericht 2000},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {16--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht,
- author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
- title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung
- der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {20--22},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Beitragsordnung \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {22--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung,
- author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {26--27},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {27--29},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:schaa:winedt,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {29--30},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Buchbestand bei \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {30--31},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis,
- author = {Peter Seitz},
- title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {31--32},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:theofel:12,
- author = {Jan Theofel},
- title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher
- Bericht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {32--35},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:hagen:status,
- author = {Hans Hagen},
- title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {36--53},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.1:niepraschk:make,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {1/01},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = apr,
- pages = {54--58},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:koch:einladung,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {5--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund,
- author = {Michael Gohdes},
- title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {7--19},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte
- chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird
- besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische
- Gleichungen und Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet
- werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene {\LaTeX}-Pakete als
- auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {19--40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben will, st{\"o}rt
- sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e
- Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine
- Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten Brief kopieren muss.
- Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder weniger im
- Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem
- {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird.
- Der Artikel soll zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit
- einem Paket, das einmal alle Varianten implementiert und
- durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung,
- author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
- title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {41--54},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und
- Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst
- schnell PDF-Dokumente erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab
- intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen auseinandersetzen zu
- m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von
- PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert
- sowie L\"osungswege aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne
- Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:lazrek:package,
- author = {Azzeddine Lazrek},
- title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {54--66},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension {\LaTeX} have been adapted to
- handle passages of Arabic script. The package Arab{\TeX}
- extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to produce
- documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that
- extends Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas,
- with specific symbols and running from right to left, is
- presented in this paper. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.2:geisse:handbook,
- author = {Armin Geisse},
- title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"'
- von Steven G. Krantz},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {2/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = jul,
- pages = {67--70},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz
- Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe geben, die sich mit
- dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu
- ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt
- Krantz eine Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert
- den Produktionsprozess eines Buches und streift die
- Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im WWW. Trotz des
- aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in
- gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und
- wurde nur sehr unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet
- unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer schlecht
- strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:thiel:emacs,
- author = {Rainer Thiel},
- title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {6--14},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen
- will, muss auf die direkte Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf
- dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist dagegen ein
- bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom
- DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu
- springen und umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt
- aus der Sicht eines mit den Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum
- vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter Windows mit
- GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc,
- author = {Werner Lemberg},
- title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen
- \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {14--23},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el}
- beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und
- {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von
- \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle
- konvertiert. Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen
- entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen um europ\"aische
- Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch) erweitert.
- \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx,
- author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
- title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {24--45},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches
- wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist, versucht etwas zu
- optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten will:
- eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an
- tiefsinnigen typographischen Fragen relativ
- uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu machen. \LyX{}
- versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor, sondern
- als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber
- keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die
- {\"u}ber die Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen.
-
- Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{} beziehen sich
- auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine
- erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf,
- author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki},
- title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"'
- -- der zweite Versuch},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {46--52},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der
- polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe ich zum ersten Mal
- das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt. Jetzt
- m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in
- die R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge
- eingeflossen sind. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse,
- author = {Christopher Creutzig},
- title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~--
- eine Einf{\"u}hrung},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {53--60},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\
- traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat
- leider viele Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der
- Indizes kompliziert xindy ist ein Programm, das einen Teil
- der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt
- es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable
- M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\
- heraus zu nutzen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002,
- author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {3/01},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = sep,
- pages = {61--62},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am
- 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung,
- author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001
- in Kerkrade},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:koch:einladung,
- author = {Thomas Koch},
- title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und
- 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte,
- author = {Bernd Raichle},
- title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS, fand am
- 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode
- von {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von
- ihm in Java implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und
- wunderte sich, dass ein kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der
- von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war genau ein Zeichen zuviel,
- ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche Punkt stellte
- sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht als
- Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von
- {\TeX}, der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert,
- heraus. Er wurde an Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur
- in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen Abst{\"a}nden
- Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:jackson.voss:-,
- author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
- title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften
- von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter
- anderem die Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige
- Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis des ersten Teils ist zwar
- nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das Verst{\"a}ndnis
- der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im Umgang
- mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:leibner:zur,
- author = {Peter Leibner},
- title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer
- Quelldatei \PS-, PDF- und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann.
- Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den Artikel von Thomas
- Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:kiefel:latex,
- author = {Volker Kiefel},
- title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche
- spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von Dokumenten
- aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle.
- Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die
- es als Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen
- Produkten empfehlen. Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen
- sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man unter {\LaTeX}\
- erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer
- Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften
- "`andienen"' m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche
- Probleme lassen sich jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser
- kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen
- gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine Erfahrung gesammelt
- haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung von
- {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen
- Schreibarbeit erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen,
- {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene {\LaTeX}-Anwender
- wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e,
- author = {Walter Obermiller},
- title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2001,
- volume = {4/01},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 13,
- month = nov,
- pages = {},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
- author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort, 2. Teil},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung,
- author = {Sascha Beuermann},
- title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten
- aufgezeigt, die die Pakete \texttt{hyperref} und
- \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\
- leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format
- (PDF) zu erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das
- Erzeugen von Lesezeichen (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische
- Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von
- Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref}
- und auf die Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme
- oder Thumbnails) mit dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf}
- eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die Linearisierung und
- Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende,
- author = {Uwe Siart},
- title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung
- qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen. Obwohl der
- Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen
- enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung.
- \MP\ ist besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von
- Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in Naturwissenschaft und Technik
- h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders schlanke
- Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist.
- Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument
- ohnehin einbindet, einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten
- Beispiele stammen -- wie auch der Autor -- aus dem
- ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich. Sie sollen
- einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser
- ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen,
- author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
- title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX}, ist im
- Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es
- darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen
- Sinne ist. Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass
- sich mit den \PS-Funktionen viele Dinge erledigen lassen,
- bei denen sonst auf externe Programme zur{\"u}ckgegriffen
- wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen
- Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot}
- gezeigt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.1:lickert:latex,
- author = {Knut Lickert},
- title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {1/02},
- altvolume = 1,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = mar,
- pages = {},
- annote = rezension,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {3--4},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {5--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von
- DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {7--10},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht,
- author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig},
- title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {10--13},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht,
- author = {Horst Szillat},
- title = {Finanzbericht 2001},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {13--17},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {18--20},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa},
- title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {20--21},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002,
- author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold},
- title = {DANTE\,2002},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {21--25},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms},
- title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung
- von \dante},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {25--26},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen,
- author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
- title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {27--34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von
- \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem {\LaTeX}-Paket
- \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben
- und durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden
- die bislang nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r
- externe Daten behandelt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {34},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche,
- author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin},
- title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {35--46},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en Bedeutung
- haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der
- juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle
- gespielt. Dies {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein
- Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe
- computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den
- Schrifttypen dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter
- Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die
- Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen
- Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher,
- bisweilen auch k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich.
-
- Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde -- soweit
- ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur
- Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der
- Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung Stellung genommen und
- dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der Grundlage
- des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch
- als Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r
- urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig angesehen.
-
- Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen
- rechtlichen Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird
- dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein kann, sich auf den
- urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}
- erstellen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {2/02},
- altvolume = 2,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = jun,
- pages = {46--48},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
- author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {4},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung,
- author = {Roland Weibezahn},
- title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call
- for Papers},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {5--6},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:herrmann:poster,
- author = {Rudolf Herrmann},
- title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und
- {\texttt{textpos}}},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {7--19},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur
- Pr{\"a}sentation auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird
- verfolgt. Es werden die {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die
- Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos} eingesetzt.
- Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:skoupy:extending,
- author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}},
- title = {Extending \NTS{} (by
- {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})}
- ,
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {19--31},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from
- extending \NTS. Two simple extensions are mentioned and a
- more complicated one is studied in more detail. It involves
- an abstract model of line-breaking and its application to
- the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal
- polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are
- feasible and discusses the different aspects of making
- extensions and/or changes. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {31--33},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:voß:gauss-sty,
- author = {Herbert Voß},
- title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen
- Eliminationsverfahrens},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {34--40},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete ist sicherlich
- endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen Eindruck
- hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es
- eine erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis
- deswegen nicht bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig
- sehr speziell ist. Dazu gehört sicherlich das Paket
- \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle Wünsche erfüllt,
- die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:benischke:hüllen,
- author = {Florian Benischke},
- title = {Hüllen für Musikkassetten},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {41--43},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich Hüllen
- und Einleger für Musikkassetten erstellen. Dieser Artikel
- soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung
- erleichtern. Unter "`Hülle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang
- eine Einlage für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer
- Vorder-, Schmal- und Rückseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"'
- umfasst zusätzlich noch eine einklappbare Seite, die an die
- Vorderseite anschließt. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {43--44},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002,
- author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth},
- title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {45--53},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in Bachotek die
- 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser
- Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die
- Tagung.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re
- gew{\"u}nscht},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {53--55},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.3:sieger:tipps,
- author = {Rainer Sieger},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {3/02},
- altvolume = 3,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = oct,
- pages = {55--58},
- annote = beiprogramm,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik
- Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die
- Erstellung von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel
- wurde die Entwicklung einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit
- Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann der Teil der reinen
- Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial,
- author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
- title = {Editorial},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {3},
- annote = editorial,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort,
- author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
- title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {4--5},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse,
- author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
- title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante}
- am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {6--9},
- annote = hinterbuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:kastrup:latex,
- author = {David Kastrup},
- title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und
- andere Ans{\"a}tze},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {10--26},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat
- seine Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r
- eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen wiederholt unter Beweis
- gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem
- visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein
- Manko bei der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur
- empfunden.
-
- Es existieren mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses
- Problem anzugehen, angefangen bei einfachen token-basierten
- Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting, Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze
- wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten
- Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die
- {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen nur als Exportsprache nutzen.
-
- Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen konzentriert sich nicht
- auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen Zugriff auf die
- gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in
- einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar
- ist die Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf
- heutigen Systemen mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das
- Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und
- Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source Specials"' sind ein
- Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das
- preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich
- engere Kopplung durch die direkte Platzierung von
- Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps,
- author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
- title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {27--28},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {}
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen,
- author = {Markus Kohm},
- title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {28--48},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die Bestimmung
- des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit
- dem Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit
- wurden viele unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen,
- verworfen, vergessen, aber auch weiterentwickelt und
- dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten
- belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an
- jeder Legende auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die
- Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es gilt daher, Legende und
- Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:morawski:alt,
- author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski},
- title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {48--62},
- annote = bretter,
- keywords = {},
- abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat
- und durch seine gute Integration in das {\TeX}-System ein
- gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende
- Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem
- Aufwand bereits vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik
- integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. }
-}
-
-@Article{ dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003,
- author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
- title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender},
- journal = dtk,
- year = 2002,
- volume = {4/02},
- altvolume = 4,
- altnumber = 14,
- month = dec,
- pages = {63--64},
- annote = fremdebuehne,
- keywords = {}
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/ReadMe b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/README
index 84e4b3bef63..5ca6ba3e1c6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/ReadMe
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/README
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
dtk: A Document Class and Style for
``Die TeXnische Komoedie''
+ the journal of the german speaking TeX users group
- written by
+ original written by
Gerd Neugebauer
gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
@@ -25,8 +26,6 @@ dtk.ins
dtk.bst
This is the BibTeX style file to be used for ``Die TeXnische
Komoedie''.
-Makefile
- For those who are willing to take the risk:-)
ReadMe
This file.
beipiel.tex
@@ -81,39 +80,4 @@ INSTALLATION
short description and a sample in German.
-CHANGES
--------
-
-Version 1.8
- Modifications for 2002:
- Bibliography typeset raggedright.
-
-Version 1.7
- Modifications for 2001
-
-Version 1.4
- Major changes to integrate all enhancements and patches since
- the previous release.
- Logos \NTS and \eTeX added.
- New page dimensions.
- dtklogos.sty as separate package.
- dtk-pdf.sty and dtk.ist integrated.
-
-Version 1.3
- Old layout variants moved to class option files.
- Logos emTeX and PubliCTeX.
- \part* acts like \part but appears like \chapter in the toc.
- \RequiresPackage added to specify the needs of an article.
-
-Version 1.2
- Logos for TeXXeT and TeXeT added.
- \bibliographystyle{dtk} forced.
-
-Version 1.1
- The bst file had a minor problem with pages which has been
- fixed.
- Titles are now typeset raggedright. This is only relevant for
- long titles. Those can be broken manually with \\. For this
- purpose \\ is ignored in the headline and the table of
- contents.
-
+y \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 87c911a2bec..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.dvi
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ecd76659fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+\documentclass[07]{dtk}% load class options 07
+%%
+%% Packete/Style-Optionen und anderes Material in der Pr"aambel:
+%%
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+%%
+%% Das Packet german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht
+%% explizit angefordert werden.
+%%
+%% Regel: Es sollten so wenig wie m"oglich zus"atzliche Packete
+%% angefordert werden, da diese mit anderen Packeten in Konflikt
+%% geraten k"onnten, die in anderen Artikeln unbedingt
+%% ben"otigt werden.
+%% Regel: Es sollten nicht unn"otig viele Kommandos oder Umgebungen
+%% definiert werden (aus demselben Grund). N"otigenfalls
+%% sollte die Definition im Artikel und nicht in der Pr"aambel
+%% geschehen.
+%% Regel: Bei der Produktion der Zeitschrift wird normalerweise das
+%% Input-Encoding utf8 verwendet, sofern nicht ein Beitrag
+%% unbedingt etwas anderes erforderlich macht.
+%% Es darf kein ein anderes Input-Encoding verwendet werden, wenn
+%% wie unten gezeigt eine lokale Umschaltung erfolgt.
+%%
+\begin{document}
+%
+% Nun wird nur noch der eigentliche Beitrag geladen. Alles weitere
+% findet in der Datei beispiel.tex statt.
+%
+%% Die Vereinszeitschrift wird mit dem Input-Encoding
+%% utf8 gesetzt. Wenn man eine andere Kodierung bevorzugt,
+%% dann den Textteil in
+%% \bgroup
+%% \inputencoding{...}
+%% \input{beispiel}
+%% \egroup
+%%
+\input{beispiel}
+%
+%
+\end{document}
+%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex
index fe14cb2428e..49409222b7b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/dtk/beispiel.tex
@@ -20,12 +20,6 @@
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Die ben"otigten Pakete k"onnen hier noch einmal deklariert werden.
-%% Diese werden hier gebraucht, da die Pr"aambel sich in der
-%% Treiber-Datei befindet, die nicht zur Produktion der
-%% Vereinszeitschrift eingesetzt wird.
-% \NeedPackage{multicol}
-\NeedPackage{booktabs}
%%
%% Das Paket german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht
%% explizit angefordert werden.
@@ -260,9 +254,4 @@ auch "`l"a"sliche S"unden"' wie overfull/underfull Boxes.
\bibliography{beispiel}
-\endinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% Local Variables:
-% mode: latex
-% TeX-master: "beispiel.ltx"
-% End:
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk01.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-adr.ist
index e7f33a6866e..629cc146228 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk01.clo
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-adr.ist
@@ -1,28 +1,7 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk01.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `one')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk01.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +18,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -74,6 +53,18 @@
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk01.clo'.
+actual '*'
+preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}"
+postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n"
+item_0 "\n \\addressitem{"
+item_2 "}{"
+item_x1 "}{"
+item_x2 "}{"
+delim_0 "}{"
+delim_1 "}{"
+delim_2 "}{"
+delim_t "}"
+group_skip ""
+quote '$'
+%%$
+keyword "\\glossaryentry"
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk97.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-idx.ist
index b175ccf1500..6042a1b3be0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk97.clo
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk-idx.ist
@@ -1,28 +1,7 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk97.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyseven')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk97.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +18,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -74,20 +53,39 @@
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc}
-\textheight = 484pt
-\textwidth = 342pt
-\columnsep = 10pt
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
-\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
- \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
- \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
- \selectlanguage{german}%
-}
-\ifDTK@german@
- \DTKgerman
-\fi
-\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk97.clo'.
+%%
+%% This is file `Letter.ist',
+%%
+%% The idea is from Ingo Kloeckl, Latex2e:
+%% Herbert Voss 000726
+%%
+%% This is a MAKEINDEX style file which should be used to
+%% generate the formatted change history for use with the doc
+%% package. The TeX commands used below are defined in
+%% doc.sty. The commands for MAKEINDEX like `level'
+%% `item_x1' are described in `` Makeindex, A General
+%% Purpose, Formatter-Independent Index Processor'' by
+%% Pehong Chen.
+%%
+headings_flag 1 % headings yes
+heading_prefix "{\\SectionFont "%
+heading_suffix "}\n" % newline
+quote '"'
+%%level '>'
+preamble
+ "\\begin{theindex}\n"
+item_1
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_01
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_x1
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_2
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+item_12
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+item_x2
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+%%
+%%
+%% End of file `Letter.ist'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist
deleted file mode 100644
index cde9e575a5e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/dtk/dtk.ist
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-actual '*'
-preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}"
-postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n"
-item_0 "\n \\addressitem{"
-item_2 "}{"
-item_x1 "}{"
-item_x2 "}{"
-delim_0 "}{"
-delim_1 "}{"
-delim_2 "}{"
-delim_t "}"
-group_skip ""
-quote '$'
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c4eef56f6e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-#******************************************************************************
-#* $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 2002/04/10 20:57:17 gene Exp $
-#******************************************************************************
-#* Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-#*=============================================================================
-
-TEXMF = /usr/local/share/TeX/texmf
-#TEXMF = /Programme/TeX/texmf
-INSTALLDIR = $(TEXMF)/tex/latex/dtk
-
-LATEX = pdflatex
-MAKEINDEX = makeindex
-RM = rm -f
-INSTALL = install
-MKDIR = mkdir -p
-
-FILES = dtk.dtx \
- dtk.ins \
- dtk.bst \
- ReadMe \
- Makefile \
- beispiel.tex \
- beispiel.ltx \
- beispiel.bib
-
-CLO_FILES = dtk95.clo \
- dtk96.clo \
- dtk97.clo \
- dtk98.clo \
- dtk99.clo \
- dtk00.clo \
- dtk01.clo \
- dtk02.clo
-GENERATED = dtk.cls \
- dtk.sty \
- dtk.ist \
- ${CLO_FILES} \
- dtklogos.sty \
- dtk-pdf.sty
-
-#*===========================================================================
-
-all: dtk.cls dtk.dvi
-
-dtk.cls: dtk.dtx dtk.ins
- -$(RM) $(GENERATED)
- $(LATEX) dtk.ins
-
-$(CLO_FILES): dtk.cls
-
-dtk.sty: dtk.cls
-
-dtk.dvi: dtk.glo
- $(LATEX) dtk.dtx
-dtk.glo: dtk.dtx
- $(LATEX) dtk.dtx
- $(MAKEINDEX) -s gind.ist dtk
- $(MAKEINDEX) -s gglo.ist -o dtk.gls dtk.glo
-
-dtk_doc.dvi:
- $(LATEX) dtk_doc.tex
-
-beispiel.dvi: beispiel.tex
- $(LATEX) $<
- $(LATEX) $<
-
-#*===========================================================================
-
-dtk.tar: $(FILES)
- tar -cvf $@ $(FILES)
-
-dist: dtk.tar.gz
-
-dtk.tar.gz: $(FILES)
- tar -cvf - $(FILES) | gzip > $@
-
-dtk.tar.Z: $(FILES)
- tar -cvf - $(FILES) | compress > $@
-
-dtk.zip: $(FILES)
- zip $@ $(FILES)
-
-#*===========================================================================
-ci:
- ci -l $(FILES)
-#*===========================================================================
-
-clean:
- $(RM) *.aux *.log *.ind *.idx *.glo *.gls *.ilg *.toc
-
-veryclean: clean
- $(RM) *.dvi
-
-distclean: veryclean
- $(RM) dtk.cls dtk.sty
-
-#*===========================================================================
-
-install: dtk.cls dtk.sty $(CLO_FILES)
- -$(MKDIR) $(INSTALLDIR)
- $(INSTALL) $(GENERATED) $(INSTALLDIR)
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx
deleted file mode 100644
index eab76023281..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/beispiel.ltx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-%%*****************************************************************************
-%% $Id: beispiel.ltx,v 1.1 2001/10/21 15:17:13 gene Exp $
-%%*****************************************************************************
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Dies ist ein Beispieldokument zu einem Artikel für "`Die TeXnische
-%% Kom"odie"'. In dieser Datei befindet sich der Treiber für den
-%% Beitrag. Der Beitrag wird mit
-%%
-%% latex beispiel.ltx
-%%
-%% übersetzt.
-%%
-%%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Die folgende Zeile ist f"ur LaTeX n"otig.
-\documentclass{dtk}
-%%
-%% Packete/Style-Optionen und anderes Material in der Pr"aambel:
-%%
-\usepackage{booktabs}
-%%
-%% Die Vereinszeitschrift wird (meistens) mit dem Input-Encoding
-%% latin1 gesetzt.
-%%
-\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
-%%
-%% Das Packet german/ngerman wird automatisch geladen und sollte nicht
-%% explizit angefordert werden.
-%%
-%% Regel: Es sollten so wenig wie m"oglich zus"atzliche Packete
-%% angefordert werden, da diese mit anderen Packeten in Konflikt
-%% geraten k"onnten, die in anderen Artikeln unbedingt
-%% ben"otigt werden.
-%% Regel: Es sollten nicht unn"otig viele Kommandos oder Umgebungen
-%% definiert werden (aus demselben Grund). N"otigenfalls
-%% sollte die Definition im Artikel und nicht in der Pr"aambel
-%% geschehen.
-%% Regel: Bei der Produktion der Zeitschrift wird normalerweise das
-%% Input-Encoding latin1 verwendet, sofern nicht ein Beitrag
-%% unbedingt etwas anderes erforderlich macht.
-%% Es darf kein anderes Input-Encoding verwendet werden.
-%% Die Eingabe sollte nach Möglichkeit sogar reines ASCII sein
-%% -- mit Sonderzeichen nach german.sty.
-%%
-\begin{document}%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% Nun wird nur noch der eigentliche Beitrag geladen. Alles weitere
-% findet in der Datei beispiel.tex statt.
-%
-\input{beispiel}
-%
-%
-\end{document}%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% Local Variables:
-% mode: latex
-% TeX-master: nil
-% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc
deleted file mode 100644
index ac706b66fe0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk-keys.rsc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-key.generation=on
-key.format {
- dtk%2.2d(volume).%1.1d(volume):%s(key)
-# dtk%2.2d(volume).%1.1d(volume)(author){:%-n(author)}{}:%-W(title)
-# dtk%d(number).%2d(year)(author){:%-n(author)}{}:%-W(title)
-# dtk%2d(year).%1.2d(volume)(author){:%-n(author):%-W(title)}{:%-2W(title)}}
-
-tex.define {\"[1]=#1e}
-tex.define {\ss=ss}
-tex.define {\AE=AE}
-tex.define {\OE=OE}
-tex.define {\aa=aa}
-tex.define {\AA=AA}
-tex.define {\o=o}
-tex.define {\O=O}
-tex.define {\l=l}
-tex.define {\L=L}
-tex.define {\TeX=TeX}
-tex.define {\LaTeXTeX=LaTeX}
-tex.define {\LaTeX=LaTeX}
-tex.define {\LaTeXe=LaTeX2e}
-tex.define {\BibTeX=BibTeX}
-tex.define {\AMSTeX=AMSTeX}
-tex.define {\AMS=AMS}
-tex.define {\MF=METAFONT}
-tex.define {\PiCTeX=PiCTeX}
-
-ignored.word{diese}
-ignored.word{zum}
-ignored.word{neue}
-ignored.word{neues}
-ignored.word{einige}
-ignored.word{von}
-ignored.word{zwei}
-ignored.word{drei}
-ignored.word{aus}
-ignored.word{1}
-ignored.word{2}
-ignored.word{3}
-ignored.word{4}
-ignored.word{5}
-ignored.word{6}
-ignored.word{7}
-ignored.word{8}
-ignored.word{9}
-ignored.word{0}
-
-fmt.title.title{-}
-
-print.align.string = 26
-
-pass.comments = on
-quiet = on
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx
index 29c5b4c08a4..ef3248f0b1e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.dtx
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
+%\iffalse
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%<*!ist>
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\iffalse
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
%%
@@ -19,19 +20,19 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
%% he says so in writing.
-%%
+%%
%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
+%%
%%
%<*class>
%% This class is still under development and may be replaced with a
@@ -45,13 +46,13 @@
%\fi
%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
-% \title{A \LaTeX\ Class and Style for\\``Die \TeX{}nische
+% \title{A \LaTeX\ Class and Style for\\``Die \TeX{}nische
% Kom{\"o}die''\thanks{This file documents \filename\ version
-% \fileversion\ as of \filedate.}}
+% \fileversion\ as of \filedate.}}
% \author{Gerd Neugebauer\\
-% Mainzer Str.\ 8\\
-% 56321 Rhens (Germany)\\
-% Net: \texttt{gene@gerd-neugebauer.de}}
+% Mainzer Str.\ 8\\
+% 56321 Rhens (Germany)\\
+% Net: \texttt{gene@gerd-neugebauer.de}}
%
% \date{{\footnotesize Documentation date: \docdate}}
%
@@ -66,8 +67,15 @@
% \changes{0.29}{1996/06/21}{Logos improved. ContentsArt slightly modified.}
% \changes{1.0}{1996/07/18}{The new layout is ready. (DTK 1/96 in print)}
% \changes{1.1}{1996/09/13}{Fixing a minor problem with long titles.\\
-% double backslash in titles are now ignored in headlines and toc.}
+% double backslash in titles are now ignored in headlines and toc.}
% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/08}{Ancient layout moved to a class option file.}
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/02/04}{Merge changes due to RN made to
+% generated files back into DTX (HjG).}
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/02/04}{M-x delete-trailing-whitespace (HjG).}
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/03/23}{File userpackages.tex now generated (RN/HjG).}
+% \changes{1.9a}{2005/10/29}{added flushleft environment (RN/hv).}
+% \changes{1.9b}{2006/08/11}{added macro CTANurl (hv).}
+% \changes{1.10}{2007/08/28}{new dtx file created (hv).}
%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
% \DoNotIndex{\ ,\",\',\.,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\~,\(,\),\,,\/,\-,\:,\=,\@,\~,\^}
@@ -122,7 +130,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\wd,\widowpenalty,\write,\xdef,\z@}
%
%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \CheckSum{2615}
+% \CheckSum{2624}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% \CharacterTable
%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -185,11 +193,11 @@
% which should be incorporated into the new class.
%
% Thus Gerd Neugebauer started to derive a new class by modifying
-% options and macros of the standard document class \texttt{article}.
+% options and macros of the standard document class \texttt{article}.
%
% At this time it was not unususal for many installations not to
% provide the current \LaTeXe{} but still to have \LaTeX\,2.09
-% only. Thus one design decision was to have a document style as
+% only. Thus one design decision was to have a document style as
% well as a document class. The requirement was met by providing a
% set of definitions which emulate some of the new features of
% \LaTeX{} under the old releases.
@@ -204,7 +212,7 @@
% board of ``Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie'' had been integrated.
% Especially the following persons contributed during this process:
% Luzia Dietsche, Bernd Raichle, Volker RW Schaa, Rainer Sch\"opf,
-% and Andreas Dafferner.
+% and Andreas Dafferner.
%
% Over the years several additions and corrections have made it
% into some additional packages which have been used for the
@@ -219,7 +227,7 @@
% support the use besides the production of ``Die \TeX nische
% Kom\"odie''. In addition the major change is that the
% bibliography is typeset in ragged right.
-%
+%
%
% \section{The User Interface}
%
@@ -251,7 +259,7 @@
% Each article should have be started with a short paragraph describing
% what this article is about. This paragraph is called abstract. The
% environment \verb|abstract| is meant for marking a paragraph as
-% abstract.
+% abstract.
%
%
%
@@ -264,39 +272,39 @@
% The following logos are provided by this class and separately by
% the package \verb|dtklogos| if not defined somewhere else. You
% are strongly encouraged to use those macros to typeset the logos
-% instead of making your own.
+% instead of making your own.
% \smallskip
%
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
-% \texttt{\char'134AmSTeX} &\AmSTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134AmS} &\AmS \\
-% \texttt{\char'134BibTeX} &\BibTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134dante} &\dante \\
-% \texttt{\char'134Dante} &\Dante \\
-% \texttt{\char'134DTK} &\DTK \\
-% \texttt{\char'134eTeX} &\eTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134eV} &\eV \\
-% \texttt{\char'134emTeX} &\emTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134LAmSTeX} &\LAmSTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXTeX} &\LaTeXTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXe} &\LaTeXe \\
-% \texttt{\char'134LaTeX} &\LaTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134LyX} &\LyX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134METAFONT} &\MF \\
-% \texttt{\char'134METAPOST} &\MP \\
-% \texttt{\char'134MF} &\MF \\
-% \texttt{\char'134MP} &\MP \\
-% \texttt{\char'134MakeIndex}&\MakeIndex \\
-% \texttt{\char'134NFSS} &\NFSS \\
-% \texttt{\char'134NTS} &\NTS \\
-% \texttt{\char'134PS} &\PS \\
-% \texttt{\char'134PiCTeX} &\PiCTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134PubliCTeX}&\PubliCTeX \\
-% \texttt{\char'134TUG} &\TUG \\
-% \texttt{\char'134TeXXeT} &\TeXXeT \\
-% \texttt{\char'134TeXeT} &\TeXeT \\
-% \texttt{\char'134WinEdt} &\WinEdt \\
-% \texttt{\char'134WinEdtKK} &\WinEdtKK
+% \texttt{\char'134AmSTeX} &\AmSTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134AmS} &\AmS \\
+% \texttt{\char'134BibTeX} &\BibTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134dante} &\dante \\
+% \texttt{\char'134Dante} &\Dante \\
+% \texttt{\char'134DTK} &\DTK \\
+% \texttt{\char'134eTeX} &\eTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134eV} &\eV \\
+% \texttt{\char'134emTeX} &\emTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134LAmSTeX} &\LAmSTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXTeX} &\LaTeXTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134LaTeXe} &\LaTeXe \\
+% \texttt{\char'134LaTeX} &\LaTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134LyX} &\LyX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134METAFONT} &\MF \\
+% \texttt{\char'134METAPOST} &\MP \\
+% \texttt{\char'134MF} &\MF \\
+% \texttt{\char'134MP} &\MP \\
+% \texttt{\char'134MakeIndex}&\MakeIndex \\
+% \texttt{\char'134NFSS} &\NFSS \\
+% \texttt{\char'134NTS} &\NTS \\
+% \texttt{\char'134PS} &\PS \\
+% \texttt{\char'134PiCTeX} &\PiCTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134PubliCTeX}&\PubliCTeX \\
+% \texttt{\char'134TUG} &\TUG \\
+% \texttt{\char'134TeXXeT} &\TeXXeT \\
+% \texttt{\char'134TeXeT} &\TeXeT \\
+% \texttt{\char'134WinEdt} &\WinEdt \\
+% \texttt{\char'134WinEdtKK} &\WinEdtKK
% \end{tabular}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\footnote}
@@ -313,30 +321,35 @@
% Unfortunately the macros provided are not sufficient in several
% situations. Thus this class provides some additional markup
% macros to come closer to the ideal situation.
-%
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\File}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names.
-%
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names.
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Package}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names.
-%
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names.
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Program}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names.
-%
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names.
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Command}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting command names.
% For instance command names are relevant when talking about Unix
-% commands.
-%
+% commands.
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Macro}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting macro names.
-%
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Environment}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting environment names.
-%
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Email}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting email addresses.
-%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\CTANurl}
+% Use this macro instead of \verb+\url+ for references to the \CTAN.
+% It uses the \verb+\href+ and \verb+\nolinkurl+ from the package \Package{hyperref}.
+% An example for a reference is \verb+\CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}+: \CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}
+%
% \DescribeMacro{\Acronym}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting acronyms. It is
% highly recommended to use this macro sparsingly
@@ -353,7 +366,7 @@
% The macro \verb|\DieTeXnischeKomoedie| is provided for this purpose. It
% takes three arguments. The first argument is the number. The second
% argument is the annual set and the third argument is the publication
-% date.
+% date.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\CoverArt}
% The macro \verb|\DieTeXnischeKomoedie| calls the macro \verb|\CoverArt|
@@ -384,7 +397,7 @@
% loaded in the preamble of the document. The macro
% \verb|\NeedPackage| provides a means to specify the required
% packages in the article files. Unfortunately \LaTeX{} does not
-% provide a way to load missing packages in the document iyself
+% provide a way to load missing packages in the document itself
% thus the only reasonable action for this macros is to issue a
% warning message if a needed package is not found. Nevertheless
% this helps finding potential problems.
@@ -407,7 +420,7 @@
% typeset the address information at the end.
%
% To use the package you can use a driver file with the following
-% structure:
+% structure:
%
% \begin{quote}
% \verb|\documentclass{dtk}|\\
@@ -450,7 +463,7 @@
%
% To enable you to make references across articles the original
% definitions of \verb|\label| and \verb|\ref| have been saved in
-% \verb|\Label| and \verb|\Ref| respectively.
+% \verb|\Label| and \verb|\Ref| respectively.
%
%
% \subsection{List of Authors}
@@ -467,7 +480,7 @@
% separately before. During this processing \BibTeX\ can be used to
% generate the appropriate bbl file.
% Things are arranged to include the bbl file for the article in
-% question.
+% question.
%
% One problem is not solved. This is the uniqueness of the \BibTeX\
% labels. Here manual invention is required.
@@ -483,14 +496,14 @@
% \section{The Version Information}
%
% The following lines define the version information for the class
-% and the pdf package file.
+% and the pdf package file.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|pdf|logos>
\def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2}
\def\filename{dtk.dtx}
-\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $}
-\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $}
+\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $}
+\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $}
\let\docversion=\fileversion
\let\docdate=\filedate
%</class|pdf|logos>
@@ -505,14 +518,14 @@
%
% The documentation can be adapted in a file named dtk.dcf
% (documentation configuration). This file can contain instructions
-% for \verb|docstrip|. Especially useful might be the instruction
+% for \verb|docstrip|. Especially useful might be the instruction
%
% \verb|\OnlyDescription|
%
% which supresses the generation of the implementation description.
%
% \changes{1.3}{1997/01/27}{The documentation driver has been
-% integrated.}
+% integrated.}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -582,7 +595,7 @@
%
%
% \subsection{Basic Definitions}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -597,6 +610,14 @@
\DTK@Author@true
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% ???
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifDTK@Draft@
+\newif\ifDTK@lineno@
+\DTK@lineno@false
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% The boolean \verb|DTK@german@| is used to determine if the german
% package should be loaded automatically. Usually it is turned on.
% Under certain circumstances it might be necessary to load other
@@ -628,7 +649,7 @@
% The macro \verb|RequirePackage| simply tries to load the appropriate
% style file. The category code of \verb|@| is changed temporarily.
% The old value is is saved in \verb|\DTK@cat| and restored at the end.
-%
+%
% Optional arguments are not supported, yet.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -639,24 +660,24 @@
\catcode`\@=\DTK@cat}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\LoadClass}
% The concept of class and package files has not been so different in
% \LaTeX\,2.09. Thus the same that has been said for \verb|\RequirePackage|
% holds also for the macro \verb|\LoadClass|. Thus we just make it a
-% synonym.
-%
+% synonym.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\LoadClass=\RequirePackage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists}
% Now things get a little bit more complicated. To implement the
% macro \verb|\InputIfFileExists| we try to open the file. If this
% fails we assume that the file does not exist. The appropriate
% action is performed in both cases.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\InputIfFileExists[3]{%
\openin\DTK@file #1
@@ -726,14 +747,14 @@
% implement \verb|\InputIfFileExists|. Since \verb|\newread| is
% declared \verb|\outer| we have to allocate the new handle here. It is
% just used in the \LaTeX\,2.09 mode.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newread\DTK@file
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Now we can continue without considering the \LaTeX{} dialect any
% more. Any changes we make from now on are exclusivly based on the
-% interface defined above.
+% interface defined above.
%
% This is all we had to do to implement the compatibility mode. It might
% turn out that more features are desirable. Those extensions are left to
@@ -743,7 +764,7 @@
%
% \subsection{Initializations}
%
-%
+%
% Now we can start to define the class. The version date is taken
% from the macro \verb|\filedate|. This macro is defined at the
% beginning of this file. The value is changed by the version
@@ -752,7 +773,23 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene]
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
+% ???
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-15, siehe `bibtopic.sty'.
+\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{%
+ \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+% RN 2005-01-31
+\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}
+%%%%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% The options to switch to other point sizes are disabled. Nobody
% is supposed to use this class with another than the single design
% size.
@@ -761,15 +798,15 @@
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% The options to switch the oneside and twoside settings are
% disabled. Nobody is supposed to use this class with another than
-% the single design size.
+% the single design size.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{twoside}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{oneside}{\OptionNotUsed}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% We define an internal style option ``full''. This loads
% the multicolumn package from the Mainz distribution. It is only
% needed to produce the full journal. Additionally several macros
@@ -778,38 +815,82 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% The package option \verb|omitgerman| can be used to omit the
% loading of the package \verb|german.sty|. This migth be necessary
% if packages are required which have to be loaded before
-% \verb|german|.
+% \verb|german|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% In 1996 the layout of ``Die TeXnische Kom\"odie'' has been
% changed. The option \verb|ancient| can be used to switch back to
% the old layout.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% ???
% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-16
+\DeclareOption{draft}{%
+ \DTK@Draft@true
+ \DTK@lineno@true
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}%
+}
+% RN 2005-01-30
+\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true}
+\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false}
+\DeclareOption{pagewise}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+\DeclareOption{running}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+% RN 2005-01-31
+% RN/HjG 2005-02-11
+% Ein grauenvoller Hack!
+\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ %\def\Hugo{%
+ \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!!
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswatrue %C
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse %D
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswafalse %A
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue %B
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %}\Hugo
+ %\@tempcnta=\c@page
+ %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi
+ \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi
+ %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}}
+\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ \arabic{linenumber}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% ??? Now done better!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{98}{\def\DTK@layout{98}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{99}{\def\DTK@layout{99}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -825,13 +906,23 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% The remaining options are handed down to the base class \verb|book|.
% This works for \LaTeXe{} and is a noop for \LaTeX\,2.09.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% ??? This is the way \dots!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\else
+\DeclareOption*{%
+ \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}%
+ {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}%
+ {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}%
+}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% Now we can process all options. Again this works for \LaTeXe{}
% and is a noop for \LaTeX\,2.09 since the options are
% automatically processed there.
@@ -848,21 +939,58 @@
\LoadClass{book}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% ???
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-30
+\ifDTK@lineno@
+ \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers
+ \RequirePackage{color}%
+ \linenumbersep=.8ex
+ \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}%
+ \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen
+ \def\thelinenumber{%
+ \begingroup
+ \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{%
+ \DTK@@thelinenumber}%
+ \endgroup}%
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% The T1 font encoding is used.
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{T1 font encoding enabled.}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% ???
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-15
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp}
+% RN/HjG 2005-03-23
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\fi
+\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
+\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e}
+\@ifundefined{flushleft}
+ {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{}
+%
+\usepackage{filecontents}
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% For old issues of the journal the OT1 font encoding is used
-% instead.
+% instead.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998>
\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -878,7 +1006,7 @@
% |omitgerman| can be used. To ensure proper operation of dtk it is
% necesary to call the macro \verb|\DTKgerman| after the style
% (n)german has been loaded.
-%
+%
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/03}{The package ngerman is used to support
% the current orthography.}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -891,21 +1019,28 @@
\typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space
afterwards.}
\fi
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\ifDTK@german@
\RequirePackage{german}
\selectlanguage{german}
\fi
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The package ``\texttt{multicol}'' is used in the full version. Thus
% we only load it if the option \verb|full| has been given.
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/06}{Packages graphicx and color are required.}
% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+% Mindestens `multicol' wird auch im Autormodus gebraucht, falls dort
+% ein Index erstellt wird. Vermutlich "graphicx,color" ("xcolor"?) auch
+% so allemeing\"ultig, dass es vorgezogen werden sollte!
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
\ifDTK@Author@\else
- \RequirePackage{multicol}
+% \RequirePackage{multicol}
\RequirePackage{graphicx,color}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+ \errorcontextlines=100\relax
\fi
\RequirePackage{dtklogos}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -916,11 +1051,11 @@
% This macro can be used to declare in a single article which
% packages are required. At this places it is too late to load
% them if they are not loaded already. In stead a fat message is
-% presented which warns the user of potential problems.
+% presented which warns the user of potential problems.
%
% This macro takes a single argument which is the name of
% \emph{one} package. Multiple packages and versions are not
-% supported (yet).
+% supported (yet).
%
% This macro is copied and modified from an \LaTeX2\ (june 1996)
% internal. It seems as \LaTeXe\ defines a control sequences for
@@ -937,7 +1072,7 @@
\typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}%
\typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}%
\typeout{***}%
- \typeout{***}
+ \typeout{***}%
\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -968,10 +1103,10 @@
% width is 342\,pt = 120.19925\,mm. This is slightly larger than in the
% predecessor style.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\textheight = 484pt
\textwidth = 342pt
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -980,8 +1115,10 @@
% printable area on the page is left to the output driver.
% \begin{macrocode}
\oddsidemargin = 0pt
-\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin
-\topmargin = 0pt
+\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt
+\evensidemargin -17.70235pt
+\topmargin -55.66684pt
+%\topmargin = 0pt% RN 2005-01-16
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The head line needs some space. In fact this depends on some
@@ -993,10 +1130,10 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\headheight = 14pt
\headsep = 12pt
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1007,9 +1144,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\footskip = 21pt
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1032,14 +1169,14 @@
\renewcommand\textfraction{.1}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
+%
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/21}{columnsep reduced to 5pt}
% \begin{macrocode}
\columnsep = 5pt
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\columnsep = 10pt
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1047,9 +1184,9 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\emergencystretch = 1.5em
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine|twothousand>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999|2000>
\emergencystretch = 0pt
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine|twothousand>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999|2000>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1066,12 +1203,23 @@
\clubpenalty = 10000
\widowpenalty = 10000
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% ???
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-16 ???
+\marginparwidth=1cm
+%\marginparsep=\z@
+\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar}
+\renewcommand*\marginpar{%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}%
+ \DTK@orig@marginpar}
+%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\DTKgerman}
% We will change some of the captions names used within \LaTeX{}. To avoid
% that the package ``\texttt{german}'' undoes our efforts we anchor the
% changes in the \verb|\captionsgerman| macro. To do so we have to save the
-% old meaning in an internal name.
+% old meaning in an internal name.
% \changes{1.5}{2001/04/24}{Method for ngerman added}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\DTKgerman{
@@ -1081,29 +1229,29 @@
}
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
\let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
\let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
\selectlanguage{german}%
}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\DTK@captionsgerman}
%
% Now we can redefine the captions command. First of all we use the
% old definition. Thus we avoid duplicating the whole definition
-% and maybe getting in trouble with some future version.
+% and maybe getting in trouble with some future version.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\DTK@captionsgerman{
\DTK@captionsgerman
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\refname}
% Just in case that an article contains a list of references we
% define the title for this section.
@@ -1113,31 +1261,31 @@
\gdef\refname{Literatur}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\bibname}
% Ok. And now the same trick for the title of the bibliography.
% \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\bibname{Literatur}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\contentsname}
% The headline for the table of contents is defined appropriately.
% \verb|\volume| contains the number of the current volume. This
% number is set by the macro producing the front page.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}%
+ \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% Now we are done. We just have to make sure that the new values
% are activated by calling the new captions macros.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% If the option german has been loaded automatically then we have
% to modify the captions at once. Otherwise the user is responsible
% to call \verb|\DTKgerman| after the package german has been loaded.
@@ -1147,16 +1295,16 @@
\fi
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\ifDTK@german@
\DTKgerman
\fi
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\addressname}
% The heading for the list of authors is defined in this macro.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1183,15 +1331,49 @@
% used in the full version we provide a reasonable default.
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Current date and time added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\
+\newcommand\Volume{?/??}
+\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\
\begingroup
\count1=\time\divide\count1 60
\count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time
- \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
+ \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
\endgroup
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% ???
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-17
+\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{}
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \newcommand*\DTK@today{}%
+ \begingroup
+ \count@\time
+ \divide\count@ 60\relax
+ \count2=-\count@
+ \multiply\count2 60\relax
+ \advance\count2 \time
+ %% \loggingall %% Wuduh!
+ \xdef\DTK@today{%
+ \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the
+ %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht?
+ \noexpand\noexpand~%
+ %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt?
+ %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand!
+ \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}%
+ %%\show\DTK@today
+ \endgroup
+ \ifDTK@Draft@
+ \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}%
+ \AtEndOfClass{%
+ \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain
+ \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}%
+ \else
+ \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf
+ \let\@LN@col\@gobble
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\footmark}
% This macro contains the text of the running foot.
@@ -1202,19 +1384,19 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\ChapterFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typesetting a chapter title.
+% typesetting a chapter title.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\bf}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\SectionFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
% typesetting the section heading.
@@ -1223,9 +1405,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\SectionFont{\normalsize\bf}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1238,9 +1420,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\SubsectionFont{\normalsize\it}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1253,88 +1435,88 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\SubsubsectionFont{\normalsize\it}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\AuthorFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typeseting the author of an article.
+% typeseting the author of an article.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\AuthorFont{\large\sf}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\AuthorFont{\normalsize\rm}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\TitleFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typeseting the title of an article.
+% typeseting the title of an article.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\TitleFont{\Large\sf}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\TitleFont{\large\bf}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\HeadFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typeseting the running head line.
+% typeseting the running head line.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\HeadFont{\sf\fontshape{sl}\selectfont}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\HeadFont{\sl}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\FootFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typeseting the running foot line.
+% typeseting the running foot line.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sf\fontshape{sl}\selectfont}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sl}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\PagenoFont}
% This macro contains the font changing command issued before
-% typeseting the page number.
+% typeseting the page number.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\PagenoFont{\sf}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\PagenoFont{\rm}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\NewpageThreshold}
% The macro \verb|\NewpageThreshold| is used to determine how much
% space is needed on a page to start a new article. If less space
@@ -1343,7 +1525,7 @@
\newcommand\NewpageThreshold{100pt}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\HeadRuleDepth}
% This macro contains the depth of the line between the running
% head and the main body of text.
@@ -1352,13 +1534,13 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\HeadRuleDepth{0.1pt}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\FootRuleDepth}
% This macro contains the depth of the line between the running
% foot and the main body of text.
@@ -1367,16 +1549,16 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\FootRuleDepth{0.1pt}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ContentsParSkip}
% This macro contains the \verb|parskip| used for the table of
-% contents.
+% contents.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ContentsParSkip{1pt}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1387,11 +1569,11 @@
%
% The size changing commands \verb|\small| and \verb|\footnotesize|
% redefine also \verb|\@listi|. This effect has to be undone.
-%
-%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\DTK@math}
% This macro modifies the relavant parameters for typesetting
-% mathematics.
+% mathematics.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\DTK@math{%
\abovedisplayskip = 4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
@@ -1401,7 +1583,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@normalsize}
% This is an internal size changing command. We save the old
% definition in \verb|\DTK@@normalsize| and redefine it. After the
@@ -1414,12 +1596,12 @@
\let\@listi=\@listI}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\normalsize}
% This is a size changing command. We save the old
% definition in the macro \verb|\DTK@normalsize| and redefine
% it. After the old definition is used some sizes are changed to a
-% smaller value.
+% smaller value.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\DTK@normalsize=\normalsize
\renewcommand\normalsize{%
@@ -1429,7 +1611,7 @@
\normalsize
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\small}
% This is a size changing command. We save the old
% definition in \verb|\DTK@small| and redefine it. After the
@@ -1442,12 +1624,12 @@
\let\@listi=\@listI}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\footnotesize}
% This is a size changing command. We save the old
% definition in the macro \verb|\DTK@footnotesize| and redefine
% it. After the old definition is used some sizes are changed to a
-% smaller value.
+% smaller value.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\DTK@footnotesize=\footnotesize
\renewcommand\footnotesize{%
@@ -1456,7 +1638,7 @@
\let\@listi=\@listI}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Path}
% \changes{1.3}{1997/01/28}{Macro added.}
% This macro can be used to typeset paths to network sources like
@@ -1476,13 +1658,13 @@
\catcode`\^=0
^catcode`\\=13
^gdef^Path{^begingroup
- ^catcode`^/=13
- ^catcode`^\=13
- ^catcode`^:=13
- ^catcode`^~=12
+ ^catcode`^/=13
+ ^catcode`^\=13
+ ^catcode`^:=13
+ ^catcode`^~=12
^catcode`^$=12 %$
- ^catcode`^_=12
- ^catcode`^#=12
+ ^catcode`^_=12
+ ^catcode`^#=12
^let/=^Path@SepI
^let\=^Path@SepII
^let:=^Path@SepIII
@@ -1491,7 +1673,7 @@
^endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
%
% \subsection{Logical Markup}
%
@@ -1500,41 +1682,41 @@
% Unfortunately the macros provided are not sufficient in several
% situations. Thus this class provides some additional markup
% macros to come closer to the ideal situation.
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\File}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names.
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting file names.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\File[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Package}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names.
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting package names.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\Package[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Program}
-% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names.
+% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting program names.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\Program[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Command}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting command names.
% For instance command names are relevant when talking about Unix
-% commands.
+% commands.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\Command[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Macro}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting macro names.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
@@ -1542,7 +1724,7 @@
\providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Environment}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting environment names.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
@@ -1550,7 +1732,7 @@
\providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Email}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting email addresses.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/04}{macro added.}
@@ -1558,7 +1740,20 @@
\providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\CTANurl}
+%% hv 2006-08-11
+% Use this macro instead of \verb+\url+ for references to the \CTAN.
+% It uses the \verb+\href+ and \verb+\nolinkurl+ from the package \Package{hyperref}
+% or alternative the \Package{url} and an empty \Command{href}, if hyprref isn't loaded.
+% An example for a reference is \verb+\CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}+: \CTANurl{graphics/pstricks/}
+\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url}
+\providecommand*{\href}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{%
+ \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}%
+}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Acronym}
% This macro is intended to be used for typesetting acronyms. It is
% highly recommended to use this macro sparsingly
@@ -1567,14 +1762,14 @@
\providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
%
% \subsection{List Making Environments}
%
% The list making environments \verb|description|, \verb|itemize|,
% and \verb|enumerate| are adapted to use less vertical space. This
% is mainly done by resetting \verb|\parsep|, \verb|\itemsep|, and
-% \verb|\topsep|.
+% \verb|\topsep|.
%
% The environments \verb|itemize| and \verb|enumerate| use the
% macros \verb|@listi|, \verb|@listii|, etc. Thus it is sufficient
@@ -1635,7 +1830,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\labelitemi{$\m@th\bullet$}
\renewcommand\labelitemii{\bf --}
\renewcommand\labelitemiii{$\m@th\ast$}
@@ -1643,7 +1838,7 @@
\setlength\leftmarginii{2.2em}
\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.87em}
\setlength\leftmarginiv{1.7em}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1672,9 +1867,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1690,14 +1885,14 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewenvironment{quotation}{%
\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
\itemindent\listparindent
\rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep \z@ plus\p@}%
\item\relax
}{\endlist}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
@@ -1707,7 +1902,7 @@
% does not indent per default but just typesets the argument of the
% \verb|\item| macro in boldface. It has one optional argument
% which can be used to specify the amount of indentation desired.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{roll}%
{\@ifnextchar[{\r@ll}{\r@ll[0pt]}}%
@@ -1792,7 +1987,7 @@
% This second optional argument is the subtitle of the part.
% If none is given then the empty default is used instead.
% The second optional argument is an enhancement compared to the
-% original definition of parts in \LaTeX.
+% original definition of parts in \LaTeX.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\part{%
@@ -1807,7 +2002,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\part@star}
% If the next character is a \verb|[| then the part macro has an
-% optional argument.
+% optional argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\part@star[1]{%
\@ifnextchar[{\part@optional{#1}}{\part@normal{#1}}}
@@ -1870,7 +2065,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\TopArt[2]{%
\begingroup
\unitlength = 1pt
@@ -1879,7 +2074,7 @@
\framebox(\@tempcnta,38){\parbox{.95\textwidth}{%
\begin{center}{\large\bf #1}#2 \end{center}}}
\endgroup}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1894,11 +2089,11 @@
\typeout{*** Chapters can not be used in single articles.}}
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% The appearance of a chapter is the same as the appearance of a
% section. Additionally a line is added to the table of contents
% and the headline is set appropriately.
-%
+%
% Since we want to deal with optional arguments and star variants
% things are becoming a little bit more complicated. I don't know
% if it is worth the effort. Maybe nobody will ever use this
@@ -1910,7 +2105,7 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Ignore any number of stars. Well this may be to harsh but I think
-% this is enough.
+% this is enough.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\chapter@star*{\chapter}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1934,90 +2129,90 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\section}
% The section is redefined to use less vertical space than the
-% original definition.
-%
+% original definition.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{%
-2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{%
-1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsection}
% The subsection is redefined to use less vertical space than the
-% original definition.
-%
+% original definition.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{%
-2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{%
-1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection}
% The subsubsection is redefined to use less vertical space than
-% the original definition.
-%
+% the original definition.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{%
-2ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{%
-1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\paragraph}
% The paragraph is redefined to use less vertical space than the
-% original definition.
-%
+% original definition.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{%
0ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{%
1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subparagraph}
% The subparagraph is redefined to use less vertical space than the
-% original definition.
-%
+% original definition.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}%
{\parindent}{0ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}%
{\parindent}{1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2088,7 +2283,7 @@
% pagebreak in beween (maybe not necessary). Then we draw a line to
% separate the article from the previous one. The line is required if the
% boolean variable \verb|FirstArticle| is true. This variable is set
-% afterwards.
+% afterwards.
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
@@ -2147,9 +2342,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\DTKtitle@skip{0pt}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2161,10 +2356,10 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\DTKtitle@sep{\rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}%
\vskip 14pt plus 8pt minus 12pt}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2192,7 +2387,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{abstract}{%
- \begin{quote}\small
+ \begin{quote}\small
}{%
\end{quote}\medskip\par}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2200,7 +2395,7 @@
%
%
% \subsection{Numbering}
-%
+%
% The numbering is done on a global basis. No chapter numbers are
% prepended. Especially since none are used at all. This is just
% like in the article class.
@@ -2213,7 +2408,7 @@
%
%
% \subsection{Labels}
-%
+%
% Labels have to be used on an per article basis for this purpose
% we use a macro to hold the prefix for the labels. This prefix is
% prepended whenever something is done with the labels.
@@ -2252,7 +2447,7 @@
\let\Label=\label
\let\Pageref=\pageref
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\ref}
% The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\ref|
% macros is used.
@@ -2260,7 +2455,7 @@
\renewcommand\ref[1]{\Ref{\Label@Prefix:#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\label}
% The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\label|
% macros is used.
@@ -2268,7 +2463,7 @@
\renewcommand\label[1]{\Label{\Label@Prefix:#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\pageref}
% The module prefix is prepended before the original \verb|\pageref|
% macros is used.
@@ -2300,14 +2495,14 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\DTK@bibliography@rightskip}
-%
+%
% \changes{1.8}{2002/04/01}{macro added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{\rightskip=0pt plus 2em}
%</class>
-%<*two>
+%<*2002>
\newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{}
-%</two>
+%</2002>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2328,7 +2523,7 @@
\bibliographystyle{dtk}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
+%
% \subsection{Footnotes}
%
% This is just my personal taste. I have incorporated my
@@ -2359,10 +2554,10 @@
#1%
\end{list}}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
\hbox to 1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2388,11 +2583,11 @@
\hrule\@width0.333\columnwidth
\kern2.6\p@}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
\hrule width .4\columnwidth
\kern 2.6\p@}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2405,7 +2600,7 @@
% The page style plain provides a head line and a foot line. The
% page number is printed in the outer corner of the head line. The
% inner part of the head line contains the title of the current
-% article.
+% article.
%
% The foot line contains the name and number of the current journal
% flushed towards the inner border of the page.
@@ -2427,12 +2622,24 @@
\let\\=\relax
\PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt
\ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}%
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -2443,16 +2650,16 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\ps@headings\ps@plain
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \subsubsection{The Page Style ``part''}
-%
+%
% The page style \verb|part| contains the same foot as the page style
% \verb|plain|. The head line is empty.
-%
+%
% This style is used when a new part is started. It can be
% configured by redefining the macros \verb|FootRuleDepth|,
% \verb|\FootFont|, and \verb|\PagenoFont|.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ps@part{%
\let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo
@@ -2461,18 +2668,30 @@
\let\subsectionmark=\@gobble
\let\@oddhead=\@empty
\let\@evenhead=\@empty
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% The default page style is plain. This has been set by the book
% style before. If we want our changes to take effect we have to
% reinitialize the page style.
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\pagestyle{plain}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2487,20 +2706,34 @@
% stored in the macro \verb|\volume| for later use. The second
% argument is the number of the year and the third argument is the
% date when this volume is released. The date is given as month and
-% year.
+% year.
%
% The appearance of the cover page is determined by the macro
% \verb|\CoverArt|. This can be redefined to get a different cover
% page.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifDTK@Author@\else
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{%
+ \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}%
+\else
\newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{%
\thispagestyle{empty}%
- \gdef\volume{#1}%
+ \gdef\Volume{#1}%
+ \xdef\volume{\Volume}%???
\gdef\DTKedition{#2}%
\gdef\DTKdate{#3}%
+ \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax
+ \immediate\write\@unused{%
+ \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}%
+ }%
+ \immediate\closeout\@unused
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw.
\global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography
\global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble
+ \fi
\CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\newpage}
\fi
@@ -2517,10 +2750,10 @@
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/02}{Correction of the size of the number on
% the title page for volumes after 1999.}
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5}
\newfont\CoverNumberFont{cmr17 scaled 3583}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\newcommand\CoverArt[3]{%
\ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined
\newfont\CoverTitleFont{ecrm1700 scaled \magstep 5}
@@ -2536,7 +2769,7 @@
\hbox to\@tempdimb{%
\vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{%
\vskip\wd\@tempboxa
- \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \
+ \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ %
\rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight}
\begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright
\rule{1em}{0pt}%
@@ -2551,7 +2784,7 @@
\\[-\baselineskip]\null\hspace{1em}%
{\CoverArt@small\cover@sub{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
\\[-\baselineskip]\rule{0pt}{.617647\textheight}%
- \CoverNumberFont
+ \CoverNumberFont
\null\hfill
\makebox(0,0)[br]{%
\textcolor{CoverArt@grey}{%
@@ -2587,19 +2820,19 @@
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@strip@no}
% Extract the relevant part from the number of the issue.
% \changes{1.7}{2001/11/02}{Correction of the macro to deal with
-% four digit numbers instead of striipng two digits. This is used
+% four digit numbers instead of striping two digits. This is used
% since the year 2000.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\CoverArt@strip@no#1/#2;{#1\raisebox{0.35ex}{\CoverTitleFont/}#2}
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
\def\CoverArt@strip@no#1/#2#3#4#5;{%
#1\raisebox{0.35ex}{\CoverTitleFont/}#4#5}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix|ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1995|1996|1997|1998|1999>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@linewidth}
-%
+%
% This macro determines the thickness of the horizontal rule
% separating the publisher from the edition information.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2608,34 +2841,39 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@barwidth}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\CoverArt@barwidth{2.41pt}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@font}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\CoverArt@font{\Large\raggedleft}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@small}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\CoverArt@small{\footnotesize}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\CoverArt@gap}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\CoverArt@gap{2em}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Redefinitions}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{
\ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined
\newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5}%
@@ -2651,10 +2889,88 @@
Heft #1\hfill #2.\ Jahrgang\hfill #3
\normalsize
\end{center}\vspace*{28.5pt}}
-%</ninetyfive>
-%<*class>
+%</1995>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Special code for 2007 layout}
+%
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Class option for 2005 added. (RN)}
+% By now, the material is inserted all in one huge chunk.
+% Some parts of this material probably should be moved to other places
+% in the DTX file, where they belong.\\
+% \mbox{(HjG 2005-02-04)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2007|2008>
+
+\ProvidesFile{dtk07.clo}
+ [2007/08/28 v0.1 dtk class option (hv)]
+
+\renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{%
+ \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined
+ %\newfont\CoverTitleFont{ecrm1700 scaled \magstep 5}
+ %\newfont\CoverTitleFont{lmr12 scaled 2938}
+ \DeclareFixedFont\CoverTitleFont{\encodingdefault}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}{41.26}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\CoverNumberFont\@undefined
+ %\newfont\CoverNumberFont{ecrm1700 scaled 2986}
+ \DeclareFixedFont\CoverNumberFont{\encodingdefault}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}{51.66}%
+ \fi
+ \vspace*{-34pt}\hfill
+ \setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox to \textheight{\null\hfill\CoverTitleFont
+ Die \journalname\hfill\null}%
+ \@tempdimb=\ht\@tempboxa
+ \advance\@tempdimb by\dp\@tempboxa
+ \hbox to\@tempdimb{%
+ \vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{%
+ \vskip\wd\@tempboxa
+ \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \
+ \rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight}
+ \begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright
+ \rule{1em}{0pt}%
+ \dimen2=\textwidth\advance\dimen2-1em
+ \parbox{\dimen2}{\CoverArt@font
+ {\Huge\DANTE}\\
+ Deutschsprachige\\
+ Anwendervereinigung
+ \TeX\ \eV}\\[1ex]
+ \dimen3=\textwidth\advance\dimen3-\CoverArt@gap
+ \hfill\rule{\dimen3}{\CoverArt@linewidth}%
+ \\[-\baselineskip]\null\hspace{1em}%
+ {\CoverArt@small\cover@sub{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \\[-\baselineskip]\rule{0pt}{.617647\textheight}%
+ \CoverNumberFont
+ \null\hfill
+ \makebox(0,0)[br]{%
+ \textcolor{CoverArt@grey}{%
+ \CoverArt@strip@no #1;\hspace{1pt}%
+ }}% Warum verwendet `\CoverArt@strip@no' \CoverTitleFont? RN
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+
+\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman}{babel}
+\RequirePackage{babel}
+\declare@shorthand{ngerman}{"`}{\frqq}%
+\declare@shorthand{ngerman}{"'}{\flqq}%
+%\def@dqmacro{`}{\frqq}{\frqq}
+%\def@dqmacro{'}{\flqq}{\flqq}
+%
+\RequirePackage{showexpl}
+\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
+\providecommand\lstverb{%
+ \leavevmode\bgroup %
+ \def\lst@boxpos{b}%
+ \lsthk@PreSet\lstset{flexiblecolumns,basicstyle=\mdseries\ttfamily\normalsize,backgroundcolor={},
+ breaklines=false,keywordstyle=\mdseries\ttfamily\normalsize}%
+ \lsthk@TextStyle
+ \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\afterassignment\lst@InlineG \let\@let@token}%
+ \lstinline@}
+\providecommand*{\ctanurl}[1]{%
+ \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}%
+}
+%
+%\endinput
+%</2007|2008>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{List of Addresses}
@@ -2662,7 +2978,7 @@
% Addresses can be given anywhere throughout the whole
% document. The address together with the page where it has been
% given is stored in the index.
-%
+%
% The list of addresses is handled by the index mechanism of
% \LaTeX. I (safely) assume that nobody has the desire to make an
% index for a journal.
@@ -2671,7 +2987,7 @@
% The address macro takes three arguments. The first argument is the
% first name the second is the last name and the third is the
% address where several lines can be included which are separated
-% by \verb|\\|.
+% by \verb|\\|.
%
% The macro can be e.g. as follows:\\
% \verb|\address{Gerd}{Neugebauer}%|\\
@@ -2687,7 +3003,7 @@
% have to be expanded properly. Unfortunately plain expansion may
% leave braces which confuse makeindex. To get rid of these braces
% we have to scan the tokens and transfer those tokens that are not
-% braces.
+% braces.
%
% We use one big assumption. We assume that a name does not contain
% a dollar sign. Well, it is rather unusual that mathematics is
@@ -2697,6 +3013,7 @@
% is able to cope with those problems (wait and pray:-)
% \changes{1.5}{2001/06/05}{Some magic for doublequote}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
\chardef\DTK@cat=\the\catcode`\"
\catcode`\"=13
\newcommand\address[3]{%
@@ -2740,7 +3057,11 @@
\def"{\string"}%
\def\null{}%
\expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \else
+ \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \fi
\endgroup
}
\catcode`\"=\DTK@cat
@@ -2779,7 +3100,7 @@
\def\detex@@U{Ue}
\def\detex@@s{ss}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{environment}{theaddresses}
% The addresses are collected in an environment Addresses. This
% environment is used to customize the layout of this list.
@@ -2811,23 +3132,25 @@
% For older issues another definition has been used.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%<*1995|1996>
\let\addresssize\relax
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%</1995|1996>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\listofaddresses}
% This macro reads the index file which is assumed to contain the
% properly formatted list of authors. If this file does not exist
-% then a warning is printed.
+% then a warning is printed.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifDTK@Author@
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}}
+ \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15
\else
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{%
\typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}%
@@ -2835,10 +3158,20 @@
makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}%
\typeout{\space}}%
}
+ \else
+ \newcommand\listofaddresses{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+ }
+ \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary
+ \fi
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
%
% \subsection{The Table of Contents}
%
@@ -2846,8 +3179,8 @@
% The table of contents should appear as a page of it's own. It
% should have an appropriate headline if it is long
% enough. Otherwise the first page has no headline and no page
-% number.
-%
+% number.
+%
% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
% This macro produces the table of contents. It is not availlable
% for single articles
@@ -2874,13 +3207,13 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\TOC@configure}
% This macro can be used to redefine properties of the table of
-% contents.
+% contents.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\TOC@configure\relax
%</class>
-%<*ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%<*1997|1998|1999>
\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}}
-%</ninetyseven|ninetyeight|ninetynine>
+%</1997|1998|1999>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2902,11 +3235,11 @@
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\ifDTK@Author@\else
\renewcommand\ContentsArt{\part@nosubtitle{\contentsname}}
\fi
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2939,7 +3272,7 @@
% contents for parts. It simply imitates the layout of chapters
% without additional space.
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Definition modified.}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\l@part[2]{%
\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
@@ -2959,7 +3292,7 @@
% For older issues another definition has been used.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%<*1995|1996>
\renewcommand\l@part[2]{%
\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
\addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line
@@ -2974,17 +3307,17 @@
#1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
\penalty\@highpenalty
\endgroup}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%</1995|1996>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\l@chapter}
% This macro determines the layout of the line in the table of
% contents for chapters. It simply imitates the layout of
-% sections.
+% sections.
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Definition modified.}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\l@chapter[2]{%
\begingroup
@@ -3006,9 +3339,9 @@
% For older issues another definition has been used.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
-%<*ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%<*1995|1996>
\renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-%</ninetyfive|ninetysix>
+%</1995|1996>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3017,7 +3350,232 @@
% If an old layout is requested via a class option then we have to
% load now the appropriate class option file.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo}
+\else
+\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% ??? New stuff !!!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% RN 2005-01-15
+\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty}
+% Reicht eigentlich nicht; die Fonts selbst müssen auch
+% vorhanden sein...
+{%
+ \RequirePackage{eurosans}
+% ==> http://home.vr-web.de/was/x/latexeuro.pdf
+% ==> ftp://ftp.adobe.com/pub/adobe/type/win/all/eurofont.exe
+% (unzip eurofont.exe...)
+% RN 2005-02-12
+ %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ???
+}
+{%
+ % Das kann jeder.
+ \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}}
+}
+% From: `graphics.cfg'
+% Send papersize information to the output driver
+\begingroup
+ \chardef\x=0 %
+ % check pdfTeX
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \chardef\x=1 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % check VTeX
+ \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=2 %
+ }%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase\x
+ % default case
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}%
+\or
+ % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
+ \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight
+\else
+ % VTeX is running
+ \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight
+\fi
+
+% RN 2005-01-15
+% Solange die lmodern-Schreibmaschinenschrift fehlerhaft ist
+% (nicht "monospaced"), nehmen wird das EC-Äquivalent. RN
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter...
+ \ttfamily
+ \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font
+ \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@
+ \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{%
+ Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+\RequirePackage{makeidx}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+% Muss evtl. noch verbessert werden?
+\renewenvironment{theindex}
+ {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]%
+ \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep=10pt
+ \raggedbottom\raggedright
+ \let\item\@idxitem}
+ {\end{multicols}}
+\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}}
+\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}}
+%\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus5\p@ \@minus3\p@\relax}
+\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax}
+
+% 2005-02-11
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook}
+\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%???
+% \filename@parse{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+% \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%
+ \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+}
+%\show\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{}
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie}
+\else
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}
+\fi
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{}
+%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces}
+% Wie `\input', lädt aber auch komplette Dokumente. RN
+\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{}
+\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+% RN/HjG 2005-03-23
+ \filename@parse{#1}%
+ \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%
+ \@ifundefined{filename@ext}%
+ {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}%
+ }%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}%
+ \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{%
+ %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+ %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF
+ %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}%
+ %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble
+ \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook
+ \DTK@eat@version}%
+ \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}%
+ }%
+ \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{%
+ \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \edef\@tempa{##1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}%
+ \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname
+ \fi
+ \fi}}%
+ \let\pagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\thispagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\nocite\@gobble
+ \let\listfiles\relax
+ \let\nofiles\relax
+ \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewenvironment*{document}%
+ %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}%
+ %%%{\endinput}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}%
+% RN 2005-02-19, now moved!
+% \filename@parse{#1}%
+% \@ifundefined{filename@ext}%
+% {\InputIfFileExists{#1.ltx}{}{\input{#1}}}{\input{#1}}%
+ \input{\DTK@local@inputname}%
+% end
+ \endgroup
+}
+%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf}
+\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}%
+ %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}%
+ \ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \listfiles
+ \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}%
+ {\typeout{*************************************^^J%
+ * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J%
+ *************************************}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}%
+ % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal!
+ }%
+ {%
+ \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax
+ \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}%
+ \endgroup
+ \AtEndDocument{%
+ \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{%
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] %
+ \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ % RN 2005-03-21
+ \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
+ \ifDTK@Draft@\else
+ \nolinenumbers
+ \fi
+ }{}
+}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders?
+% RN 2005-01-23
+\def\printindex{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+}
+% RN 2005-01-22
+\@fptop\z@
+
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Now the class is complete.
@@ -3122,7 +3680,7 @@
% then follow it with spelling variants. Alternate definitions
% are discarded in favor of the official one. Each family is
% separated by a line like the following one.
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\TeX}
% Only change from plain.tex is the \verb|\spacefactor| assignment
% (suggested by Phil Taylor), so that \TeX\ at the end of a
@@ -3144,6 +3702,13 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\XeTeX}
+% The new TeX\ program
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\XeTeX}{X\kern-.1em\lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\AmSLaTeX}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}
@@ -3272,7 +3837,7 @@
% comments at \BibTeX. Different definitions are given by
% latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986], amstex/man.sty [15-Dec-1986]
% inputs/tugbot.sty [11-Jan-1988], and latex/tugboat.com 1.08
-% [24-Oct-1990].
+% [24-Oct-1990].
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\LaTeX{%
@@ -3291,7 +3856,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXTeX}
% This logo is invented in \verb|dtk.cls| to denote either \TeX{} or
-% \LaTeX.
+% \LaTeX.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifOldLaTeX
@@ -3325,7 +3890,7 @@
% imappt.sty, so we should avoid it, and tugboat.com uses
% \verb|\mf| for \verb|{\smc Metafont}|. We therefore use
% \verb|\manfnt| here, defining it if necessary. QUESTION: should
-% we use manfnt, or logo10?
+% we use manfnt, or logo10?
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifOldLaTeX
@@ -3345,7 +3910,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The following improved definitions are taken from mflogo by Ulrik
-% Vieth.
+% Vieth.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareFontFamily{U}{logo}{}
@@ -3472,7 +4037,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\emTeX}
-%
+%
% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\emTeX{{em\TeX}}
@@ -3480,7 +4045,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\PublicTeX}
-%
+%
% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\PubliCTeX{PubliC\TeX}
@@ -3530,6 +4095,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\exTeX}
+% This one comes from the \exTeX\ team
+% \changes{1.9}{2003/11/03}{logo added.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\exTeX}{%
+ \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet
+ \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}%
+ \kern-.15em\TeX
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
%
% \subsection{Additional Macros for Acronyms}
%
@@ -3547,9 +4125,9 @@
% this way in the predecessor style.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</logos>
-%<*ninetyfive>
+%<*1995>
\renewcommand\eV{e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}}
-%</ninetyfive>
+%</1995>
%<*logos>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3564,7 +4142,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\Dante}
% The long name of DANTE.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\Dante{DANTE,
+\providecommand\Dante{DANTE,
Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX~\eV}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3661,11 +4239,71 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\ExTeX}
+% ^^A das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet
+% This logo will generally sport serifs.
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{ExTeX logo added. (RN)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\ExTeX}{% RN 2005-01-15
+ \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet
+ \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}%
+ \kern-.15em\TeX
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DANTE}
+% The ``official logo'' for DANTE is defined, using special fonts.
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{DANTE logo with special fonts added. (RN)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\IfFileExists{ot1dante.fd}% RN 2005-01-15
+{%
+ \providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \usefont{OT1}{dante}{m}{n}\selectfont DANTE%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+}
+{\providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{DANTE}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ConTeXt}
+% \begin{macro}{\conTeXt}
+% This one has been missing for a long time!
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/17}{ConTeXt logos added. (RN)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t}
+\providecommand*\conTeXt{con\TeX t}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Than}
+% Makes life easier \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\Thanh{H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\MiKTeX}
+% \begin{macro}{\MikTeX}
+% Yet another logo \dots
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/17}{MiKTeX logo added. (RN)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\MiKTeX{MiK\TeX}
+\providecommand*\MikTeX\MiKTeX
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</logos>
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
+%^^A ??? 2005-02-11
% \section{The Package dtk-pdf for PDF Reprints}
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/12}{Packet dtk-pdf integrated.}
%
@@ -3685,14 +4323,15 @@
% A lot of packages are required to get things right.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ae,multicol,graphicx,color}
+\RequirePackage{multicol,graphicx,color}
\RequirePackage[bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Configure the \verb|hyperref| package appropriately.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=blue}
+\definecolor{navy}{rgb}{0,0,.5}
+\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=navy}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Slightly adjust the page on the paper.
@@ -3707,10 +4346,10 @@
% This macro contains the number of the volume in which the current
% article has been published.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\Volume{?/??}
+\renewcommand\Volume{?/??}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Pages}
% This macro contains the numbers of the pages on which the
% curtrent article has been published originally.
@@ -3718,14 +4357,14 @@
\newcommand\Pages{???}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\volume}
% This macro is redefined to show appropriate information.
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\volume{\Volume\ -- Nachdruck}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\titlemark}
% This macro is used in some old articles. Nowadays it simply has
% to eat up one following argument.
@@ -3734,7 +4373,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-%
+%
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\AdNo \AdNo=0
@@ -3751,7 +4390,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-%
+%
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\address[3]{%
@@ -3769,7 +4408,7 @@
\texttt{dante@dante.de}}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
+%
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\DTK@keywords{}
@@ -3788,32 +4427,37 @@
% information fields aswell. This may lead to problems if they
% contain certain macros.
% \changes{1.5}{2001/10/21}{Mapping of certain macros}
+% \changes{1.8}{2003/06/22}{Making thanks void when processing the
+% head of a reprint}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\maketitle{%
\thispagestyle{empty}%
- \newlength{\lx}\settowidth{\lx}{\Large\DTK}%
- \advance\lx3em\quad
+ \newlength{\l@@x}\settowidth{\l@@x}{\Large\DTK}%
+ \advance\l@@x3em\quad
\href{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}{%
\rotatebox{90}{\hspace*{1.5em}\Large\DTK}}
- \rule{.9pt}{\lx}\quad
+ \rule{.9pt}{\l@@x}\quad
%
\begin{minipage}[b]{.75\textwidth}\parskip=1ex
{\raggedleft\large
\href{http://www.dante.de/}{DANTE\\
Deutschsprachige\\
Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V.}\medskip\par
- }
- \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi\emph{\@title}, \DTK\
- \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip
-
+ }%
+ {\let\thanks\@gobble
+ \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi
+ \ifx\@title\empty\else\emph{\@title}, \fi
+ }
+ \DTK\ \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip
+
\scriptsize Reproduktion oder Nutzung dieses Beitrags durch
konventionelle, elektronische oder beliebige andere Verfahren ist
nur im nicht-kommerziellen Rahmen gestattet. Verwendungen in
gr"o"serem Umfang bitte zur Information bei \dante{} melden. F\"ur
kommerzielle Nutzung ist die Zustimmung der Autoren einzuholen.
-
+
\DTK\ ist die Mitgliedszeitschrift von \Dante. Einzelne Hefte
- k\"onnen von Mitgliedern bei der Gesch\"aftsstelle von \Dante\
+ k\"onnen von Mitgliedern bei der Gesch\"aftsstelle von \Dante\
erworben werden. Mitglieder erhalten \DTK\ im Rahmen ihrer
Mitgliedschaft.
\end{minipage}
@@ -3843,7 +4487,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-%
+%
% \verb|\guillemotleft|/\verb|\guillemotright| from the polish
% version of the ``computer modern''.
%
@@ -3865,7 +4509,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
+%
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmaintitle
@@ -3873,7 +4517,7 @@
%
% Old versions of \LaTeX\ used to define \verb|\footheight|. Some
% articles try to redefine this length. Nowadays it is simply
-% ignored.
+% ignored.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newlength\footheight
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3887,13 +4531,16 @@
%
% \section{The Index Style}
% \changes{1.4}{2000/08/27}{Index file integrated into the dtx file.}
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Addresses are now collected via
+% glossary instead of index (RN).}
+% \changes{1.9-pre}{2005/01/15}{Add keyword \cmd{\glossaryentry} (RN).}
%
% The index style is used to sort the authors of the journal for
% the list of all authors. Makeindex is used for this purpose. Here
% we have to define the appropriate configuration file.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ist>
+%<*adr>
actual '*'
preamble "\\begin{theaddresses}"
postamble "\n\\end{theaddresses}\n"
@@ -3907,7 +4554,56 @@ delim_2 "}{"
delim_t "}"
group_skip ""
quote '$'
-%</ist>
+%%$
+keyword "\\glossaryentry"
+%</adr>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \section{The Index Style}
+%
+% ???
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*idx>
+%%
+%% This is file `Letter.ist',
+%%
+%% The idea is from Ingo Kloeckl, Latex2e:
+%% Herbert Voss 000726
+%%
+%% This is a MAKEINDEX style file which should be used to
+%% generate the formatted change history for use with the doc
+%% package. The TeX commands used below are defined in
+%% doc.sty. The commands for MAKEINDEX like `level'
+%% `item_x1' are described in `` Makeindex, A General
+%% Purpose, Formatter-Independent Index Processor'' by
+%% Pehong Chen.
+%%
+headings_flag 1 % headings yes
+heading_prefix "{\\SectionFont "%
+heading_suffix "}\n" % newline
+%
+quote '"'
+%%level '>'
+preamble
+ "\\begin{theindex}\n"
+item_1
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_01
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_x1
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[10pt][l]{--}"
+item_2
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+item_12
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+item_x2
+ "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[20pt][l]{-- -- }"
+%%
+%%
+%% End of file `Letter.ist'.
+%</idx>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% That's all.
@@ -3916,7 +4612,7 @@ quote '$'
%
\endinput
%
-% Local Variables:
+% Local Variables:
% mode: latex
% TeX-master: t
-% End:
+% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins
index d768eaf5ab9..9d8b200d3b1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dtk/dtk.ins
@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.ins 2007-08-28 21:43:35 hv"
%%------------------------------------------------------------------
%% Driver file to extract the dtx style and class files.
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2001 DANTE,
-%% Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2005 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.ins is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
%% he says so in writing.
-%%
+%%
%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
%% dtk.ins, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
+%%
%%------------------------------------------------------------------
%%
%% Run this file through TeX or LaTeX to extract the files.
@@ -23,27 +24,41 @@
%%
%%------------------------------------------------------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% $Id: dtk.ins,v 1.5 2002/04/10 20:57:17 gene Exp $
+%% $Id: dtk.ins,v 1.6 2007/08/28 20:57:17 hv Exp $
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
\input docstrip.tex
\keepsilent
\askonceonly
-\generate{\file{dtk.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}}
+\generate{
+% style file still useful?
+ \file{dtk.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}}
\file{dtk.cls}{\from{dtk.dtx}{class}}
- \file{dtk95.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyfive}}
- \file{dtk96.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetysix}}
- \file{dtk97.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyseven}}
- \file{dtk98.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetyeight}}
- \file{dtk99.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ninetynine}}
- \file{dtk00.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{twothousand}}
- \file{dtk01.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{one}}
- \file{dtk02.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{two}}
+% \file{dtk95.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1995}}
+% \file{dtk96.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1996}}
+% \file{dtk97.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1997}}
+% \file{dtk98.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1998}}
+% \file{dtk99.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{1999}}
+% \file{dtk00.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2000}}
+% \file{dtk01.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2001}}
+% \file{dtk02.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2002}}
+% \file{dtk03.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2003}}
+% \file{dtk04.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2004}}
+% \file{dtk05.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2005}}
+% \file{dtk06.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2006}}
+ \file{dtk07.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2006|2007}}
+% \file{dtk08.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2008}}
+% \file{dtk09.clo}{\from{dtk.dtx}{2009}}
\file{dtklogos.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{logos}}
\file{dtk-pdf.sty}{\from{dtk.dtx}{pdf}}
}
+% warum ohne Prae-/Postambel?
+% Makeindex vertraegt doch % als Kommentarzeichen -- oder?
\nopreamble\nopostamble
-\generate{\file{dtk.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{ist}}
+\generate{
+ \file{dtk-idx.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{idx}}
+ \file{dtk-adr.ist}{\from{dtk.dtx}{adr}}
}
\Msg{****************************************************************}
@@ -52,20 +67,21 @@
\Msg{* files into a directory searched by (La)TeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* \space\space dtk.cls dtk.sty}
-\Msg{* \space\space dtk95.clo dtk96.clo dtk97.clo dtk98.clo dtk99.clo}
-\Msg{* \space\space dtk00.clo dtk01.clo dtk02.clo}
+%\Msg{* \space\space dtk95.clo dtk96.clo dtk97.clo dtk98.clo dtk99.clo}
+%\Msg{* \space\space dtk00.clo dtk01.clo dtk02.clo dtk03.clo} % dtk04.clo
+\Msg{* \space\space dtk07.clo} % dtk06.clo dtk07.clo dtk08.clo dtk09.clo
\Msg{* \space\space dtklogos.sty dtk-pdf.sty}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* and the following file into a directory searched by makeindex:}
\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* \space\space dtk.ist}
+\Msg{* \space\space dtk-idx.ist dtk-adr.ist}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Additionally copy the following file to a directory searched}
\Msg{* by BibTeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* \space\space dtk.bst}
\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation run dtk.tex through LaTeX,}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run dtk.dtx through LaTeX,}
\Msg{* makeindex, and LaTeX twice again.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f97a59e3b4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-logo.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,590 +0,0 @@
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifOldLaTeX
-\@ifundefined{documentclass}{\OldLaTeXtrue}{\OldLaTeXfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Compatibility Definitions}
-%
-% Since we want to use this style with \LaTeX\,2.09 and \LaTeXe{} we have
-% to define a common interface. For this purpose we use a subset of
-% the style writers interface already defined for \LaTeXe{} style
-% writers. Since some macros are not defined in \LaTeX\,2.09 we
-% implement them --- at least to the degree needed here.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifOldLaTeX
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Just for fun we define some font switching commands. In fact the
-% behaviour in \LaTeXe{} is more complex. But I think these
-% definitions are enough to avoid errors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand\emph[1]{{\em #1}\/}
- \newcommand\textbf[1]{{\bf #1}}
- \newcommand\textrm[1]{{\rm #1}}
- \newcommand\textsc[1]{{\sc #1}}
- \newcommand\textsf[1]{{\sf #1}}
- \newcommand\textsl[1]{{\sl #1\/}}
- \newcommand\textit[1]{{\it #1\/}}
- \newcommand\texttt[1]{{\tt #1}}
-
- \@ifundefined{fontshape}{\let\fontshape=\@gobble}{}
- \@ifundefined{selectfont}{\let\selectfont=\relax}{}
-
- \newcommand\providescommand[2]{\ifx#1\@undefined\newcommand#1{#2}\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Useful Macros}
-%
-% This section contains some useful abbreviations. They are mainly
-% some kind of logos.
-%
-% The following hack is from Bernd Raichle.
-%
-% Fuer LaTeX 2.09 (mit oder ohne NFSS) benoetigen wir noch
-% so etwas wie \verb|\smaller| aus dem veralteteten `smaller.sty',
-% um SmallCaps fuer (fast) alle Schriftarten nachzubilden.
-% Fuer SmallCaps muss jedoch um mehr Schriftgrade als bei
-% \verb|\smaller| verkleinert werden, so dass hier eine neue
-% Definition namens \verb|\logo@smaller| folgt, deren Verkleinerung
-% sich an den `math sizes' (hier: \verb|\scriptfont<fam>|) orientiert,
-% die standardmaessig mit \LaTeX2e definiert werden.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifOldLaTeX
-\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname\relax
- % Fuer OFSS benoetigen wir noch einen Hack, damit
- % wir wieder auf die Schriftfamilie/Series/Shape
- % zurueckwechseln. Dazu ``missbrauchen'' wir die
- % `math group/fam', die in den Makros in der Datei
- % "lfonts.tex" entsprechend mit veraendert wird.
- \newcommand{\logo@sm@ller}{\relax
- \expandafter\logo@sm@ll@r\expandafter{\the\fam}}
- \newcommand{\logo@sm@ll@r}[1]{%
- % \ifx\@currsize\tiny \tiny\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize \tiny\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize \tiny\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\small \scriptsize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\normalsize \scriptsize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\large \footnotesize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\Large \normalsize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\LARGE \large\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\huge \Large\fi
-
- \ifx\@currsize\Huge \huge\fi
- \ifcase#1\relax\rm\or\mit\or\cal\or\tenex % not sure about the tenex
- \or\it\or\sl\or\bf\or\tt\or\sf\or\sc\or\ly\fi}
-\else
- % Mit NFSS (fuer LaTeX 2.09) koennen wir die Groesse
- % unabhaengig von den anderen Font-Eigenschaften aendern,
- % so dass dies etwas einfacher geht.
- \newcommand{\logo@sm@ller}{%
- \relax\@nomath\logo@smaller
- \ifx\f@size\@vpt \else
- \ifx\f@size\@vipt \fontsize\@vpt{6pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@viipt \fontsize\@vpt{6pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@viiipt \fontsize\@vipt{7pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@ixpt \fontsize\@vipt{7pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xpt \fontsize\@viipt{8pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xipt \fontsize\@viiipt{9.5pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xiipt \fontsize\@viiipt{9.5pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xivpt \fontsize\@xpt{12pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xviipt \fontsize\@xiipt{14pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xxpt \fontsize\@xivpt{18pt}\fi
- \ifx\f@size\@xxvpt \fontsize\@xxpt{25pt}\fi
- \selectfont
- \fi}
- % die ersten NFSS-Versionen benutzten noch den Makroname
- % \size statt \fontsize
- \@ifundefined{fontsize}{\let\fontsize=\size}{}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\logo@smaller}{\protect\logo@sm@ller}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Macros from texnames.sty}
-%
-% The following macros are taken from the file {\tt texnames.sty}
-% version \verb|1.09| from \verb|<16 March 1993>| by Nelson
-% H.\,F.~Beebe. I have simply included the definitions here to avoid
-% additional files to be distributed with dtk.dtx. The original
-% documentation has been wrapped into the doc format. And here it goes:
-%
-% In the following, we first give the ``official'' definition,
-% then follow it with spelling variants. Alternate definitions
-% are discarded in favor of the official one. Each family is
-% separated by a line like the following one.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TeX}
-% Only change from plain.tex is the \verb|\spacefactor| assignment
-% (suggested by Phil Taylor), so that \TeX\ at the end of a
-% sentence isn't treated as an abbreviation.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX%
- \spacefactor1000 }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AmS}
-% From the AMS tex/ams/amslatex/fontsel/nfssinst.tex file:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{AmS}{%
- \def\AmS{\(\cal A\)\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
- {\(\cal M\)}\kern-.125em{\(\cal S\)}}}{}
-\@ifundefined{AMS}{\let\AMS=\AmS}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AmSLaTeX}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{AmSLaTeX}{\def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}}{}
-\@ifundefined{AMSLaTeX}{\let\AMSLaTeX=\AmSLaTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AmSTeX}
-% Mike Spivak's amstex/amstex.tex 1.1d [26-Aug-1988] has\\
-% \verb|\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox|\\
-% \verb| {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}|\\
-% and 2.1 [05-Apr-1991] has an equivalent definition.
-% AmSTeX's \verb|\textfontii| is exactly the same as \verb|\cal|, which
-% all \TeX variants understand.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{AmSTeX}{%
- \def\AmSTeX{$\cal A$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}%
- \kern-.125em$\cal S$-\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AMSTEX}
-% Leslie Lamport's latex/tmanual.tex [10-Jul-1984] (an early
-% draft of the book) defines it in uppercase with the standard
-% definition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{AMSTEX}{\let\AMSTEX=\AmSTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AMSTEX}
-% Barbara Beeton's latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986] and inputs/tugbot.sty
-% [11-Jan-1988] uses this spelling, but the definition\\
-% \verb|\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex \hbox{$\cal|\\
-% \verb|M$}\kern-.2em\cal S$-\TeX}|
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{AMSTeX}{\let\AMSTeX=\AmSTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\BibTeX}
-% The definitions of \verb|\BibTeX| and \verb|\SLiTeX| in Leslie Lamport's
-% latex/local.tex lower the E by 0.7ex, while \TeX in plain.tex lowers
-% it by 0.5ex. Oren Patashnik's bibtex/btxdoc.tex and bibtex/btxhak.tex
-% [08-Feb-1988] and bibtex/bibtex.web 0.99c [xx-Feb-1988] use this same
-% name and definition, but Oren said using \TeX here is ok. (Curiously,
-% \LaTeX itself does not define macros for any \TeX ware except \LaTeX and
-% \TeX!)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifOldLaTeX
- \newcommand{\BibTeX}{\protect\pBibTeX}
- \newcommand{\pBibTeX}{B\kern-.05em%
- \hbox{\logo@smaller I\kern-.025emB}\kern-.08em%
- \-\TeX}
-\else
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\BibTeX}{B\kern-.05em%
- % Der folgende Hack stammt aus der Definition des
- % Makros \LaTeX, siehe Datei `ltlogos.dtx' der
- % LaTeX2e-Verteilung.
- \hbox{$\m@th$% %% force math size calculations
- \csname S@\f@size\endcsname
- \fontsize\sf@size\z@
- \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
- I\kern-.025emB}%
- \kern-.08em%
- \-\TeX}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\BIBTeX}
-% Leslie Lamport uses this spelling in latex.tex, but not as a
-% macro. We include it for consistency with AMSTeX.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{BIBTeX}{\let\BIBTeX=\BibTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\BIBTEX}
-% Leslie Lamport's latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984],
-% latex/tmanual.tex [10-Jul-1984] (an early draft of the book),
-% and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] have this spelling, but the
-% definition \verb|BIB\kern-.1em\TeX|.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{BIBTEX}{\let\BIBTEX=\BibTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LAMSTeX}
-% From tugboat.com 1.08 [24-Oct-1990].
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{LAMSTeX}{%
- \newcommand\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern-.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}%
- \kern-.2em\lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
- \kern-.125em {\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LamSTeX}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{LamSTeX}{\let\LamSTeX=\LAMSTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LAmSTeX}
-% This variant seems likely to appear:
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{LAmSTeX}{\let\LAmSTeX=\LAMSTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LaTeX}
-% The definition from latex.tex (LATEX VERSION 2.09 <14 January 1991>)
-% and bibtex.web 0.99c [xx-Feb-1988] lowers the E slightly more than
-% \TeX, but consistency seems more desirable. See comments at \BibTeX.
-% Different definitions are given by latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986],
-% amstex/man.sty [15-Dec-1986] inputs/tugbot.sty [11-Jan-1988], and
-% latex/tugboat.com 1.08 [24-Oct-1990].
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{LaTeX}{%
- \def\LaTeX{L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LATEX}
-% latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984] and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985]
-% have this spelling, but different definitions
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{LATEX}{\let\LATEX=\LaTeX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LATEX}
-% latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984] and latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985]
-% have this spelling, but different definitions
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifOldLaTeX
- \newcommand\LaTeXTeX{(\kern-.15emL\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc
- a}\kern-.3em)\kern-.15em\TeX}%
-\else
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\LaTeXTeX}{(\kern-.15emL\kern-.36em%
- {\sbox\z@ T%
- \vbox to\ht0{\hbox{$\m@th$%
- \csname S@\f@size\endcsname
- \fontsize\sf@size\z@
- \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
- A}%
- \vss}%
- }\kern-.2em)%
- \kern-.15em%
- \TeX}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\MF}
-% Don Knuth's mf.web 2.7 [xx-Sep-1990] and Barbara Beeton's
-% latex/deproc.sty [24-Apr-1986] use an equivalent of this definition.
-% The font is variously named \verb|\logo|, \verb|\manfnt|, and
-% \verb|\mf|. plain.tex
-% preloads \verb|\manfnt|. manfnt has the letters A, E, F, M, N, O, T in
-% various sizes plus extra symbols for Don Knuth's books Computers and
-% Typesetting, and Concrete Mathematics, while logo10 has only those
-% letters in one size. AmSTeX uses \verb|\logo| in amsppt.sty and
-% imappt.sty, so we should avoid it, and tugboat.com uses
-% \verb|\mf| for \verb|{\smc Metafont}|. We therefore use
-% \verb|\manfnt| here, defining it if necessary. QUESTION: should
-% we use manfnt, or logo10?
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifOldLaTeX
- \ifx\manfnt\@undefined
- \font\manfnt=logo10
- \fi
- \ifx\manfntsl\@undefined
- \font\manfntsl=logosl10
- \fi
- \def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \let\manfnt = \manfntsl \fi
- {\manfnt META}\-{\manfnt FONT}}\spacefactor1000 }%
- \def\MP{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \let\manfnt = \manfntsl \fi
- {\manfnt META}\-{\manfnt POST}}\spacefactor1000 }%
-\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The following improved definitions are taken from mflogo by Ulrik Vieth.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFontFamily{U}{logo}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{n}{
- <8> <9> gen * logo
- <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logo10
-}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{it}{
- <8> <9> gen * logosl
- <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logosl10
-}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{m}{sl}{
- <-> ssub * logo/m/it
-}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{sbc}{n}{
- <8> <9> sub * logo/m/n
- <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logobf10
-}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{b}{n}{
- <8> <9> sub * logo/m/n
- <10> <10.95> <12> <14.4> <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> logod10
-}{}
-\DeclareFontShape{U}{logo}{bx}{n}{
- <-> ssub * logo/b/n
-}{}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\logofamily{%
- \not@math@alphabet\logofamily\relax
- \fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{logo}\selectfont}
-\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textlogo}{\logofamily}
-\def\MF{\textlogo{META}\-\textlogo{FONT}\@}
-\def\MP{\textlogo{META}\-\textlogo{POST}\@}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\METAFONT}
-% I cannot find any ``official'' uses of this alternate, but it
-% seems likely that people will use it.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{METAFONT}{\let\METAFONT=\MF}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\METAPOST}
-% In analogy to \verb|METAFONT|.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{METAPOST}{\let\METAPOST=\MP}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SLITEX}
-% Leslie Lamport's latex/slides.tex [05-Jun-1984]. His
-% latex/lerrata.tex [23-Jul-1985] and latex/tmanual.tex
-% [10-Jul-1984] (an early draft of the book) define it as
-% SLI\TeX! The \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual (1986)
-% appears to use small caps, and possibly kerning, for Sli.
-% I need to ask Leslie to suggest a preferred definition.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{SLITEX}{
- \newcommand\SLITEX{%
- S\kern-.065em L\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox{i}%
- \kern-.03em\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SLiTeX}
-% latex/local.tex (sample Local Guide) [27-Oct-1988] uses
-% this name, but defines it as\\
-% \verb|{\rm S\kern-.06em{\sc l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em T\kern|\\
-% \verb| -.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}|\\
-% with an extra-low E, and kerned Sli in small caps. Is this
-% what the \LaTeX\ User's Guide and Reference Manual (1986) used?
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{SLiTeX}{\let\SLiTeX=\SLITEX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SliTeX}
-% latex/slitex.tex [08-Jun-1988] uses SliTeX in typeouts,
-% but not as a macro -- what a way to confuse the user.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{SliTeX}{\let\SliTeX=\SLITEX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SLITeX}
-% I cannot find a use of this one, but it seems a likely
-% candidate anyway, and is consistent with AMSTeX and BIBTeX.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{SLITeX}{\let\SLITeX=\SLITEX}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NTS}
-% This one comes from a communication with Bernd Raichle.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\NTS{\mbox{\mathsurround=0pt
- \(\cal N\mkern -4mu\lower .5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\mkern -2mu S\)}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex}
-% This one comes from a communication with Bernd Raichle based on
-% makeindex.tex -- released 17 February 1987 by Leslie Lamport.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{MakeIndex}{\newcommand\MakeIndex{\textit{Make\-Index}}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\emTeX}
-%
-% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{emTeX}{\newcommand\emTeX{em\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\PublicTeX}
-%
-% \changes{1.3}{1997/02/03}{logo added.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{PubliCTeX}{\newcommand\PubliCTeX{PubliC\TeX}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TeXXeT}
-% This one comes from the sources of web2c.
-% \changes{1.2}{1996/12/15}{logo added.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{TeXXeT}{\newcommand\TeXXeT{%
- \TeX--X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TeXeT}
-% This one comes from the sources of web2c.
-% \changes{1.2}{1996/12/15}{logo added.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{TeXeT}{\newcommand\TeXeT{%
- \TeX-X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Additional Macros for Logos}
-%
-% The following macros are maily form the predecessor style
-% file. Some new ones have been added.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eV}
-% The abbreviation for e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em.\ is defined in
-% this macro. The kerning of the letters is corrected manually.
-%
-% Disclaimer: I have not invented this macro. It has been defined
-% this way in the predecessor style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\eV{e.V\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dante}
-% The ``official logo'' for DANTE e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em.\ is
-% defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\dante{DANTE \eV}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Dante}
-% The long name of DANTE.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\Dante{DANTE, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX~\eV}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DTK}
-% The long name of this booklet, eh journal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\DTK{Die \TeX\-ni\-sche Ko\-m{\"o}\-die}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXe}
-% If \verb|\LaTeXe| is not defined then define it. Since this macro
-% is so essential we just want to be sure that it exists.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\LaTeXe\@undefined
- \def\LaTeXe{\LaTeX{}\kern.05em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\PS}
-% We define the logo for Post\-Script.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\PS{Post\-Script}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\PiC}
-% For some reason this is not defined in texnames.sty. Since it has
-% been in the predecessor of this style it is also defined here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\PiCTeX}
-% Now the previous macro is combined with \TeX.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TUG}
-% The \TeX{} Users Group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\TUG{\TeX{} Users Group}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TUGboat}
-% The communications of the \TeX{} Users Group
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\TUGboat{\textsl{TUGboat}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TTN}
-% The communications of the \TeX{} Users Group
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\TTN{\textsl{\TeX{} and TUG NEWS}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NFSS}
-% The New Font Selection Scheme.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\NFSS{\textsf{NFSS}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty
index 3eca4c67adf..0ffe3cc2a87 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk-pdf.sty
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -76,18 +77,19 @@
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2}
\def\filename{dtk.dtx}
-\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $}
-\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $}
+\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $}
+\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $}
\let\docversion=\fileversion
\let\docdate=\filedate
\ProvidesPackage{dtk-pdf}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene]
-\RequirePackage{ae,multicol,graphicx,color}
+\RequirePackage{multicol,graphicx,color}
\RequirePackage[bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=blue}
+\definecolor{navy}{rgb}{0,0,.5}
+\hypersetup{a5paper,colorlinks,urlcolor=navy}
\oddsidemargin=-10mm
\evensidemargin=-10mm
\topmargin=-15mm
-\newcommand\Volume{?/??}
+\renewcommand\Volume{?/??}
\newcommand\Pages{???}
\renewcommand\volume{\Volume\ -- Nachdruck}
\let\titlemark\@gobble
@@ -109,20 +111,23 @@
\let\m@ketitle=\maketitle
\renewcommand\maketitle{%
\thispagestyle{empty}%
- \newlength{\lx}\settowidth{\lx}{\Large\DTK}%
- \advance\lx3em\quad
+ \newlength{\l@@x}\settowidth{\l@@x}{\Large\DTK}%
+ \advance\l@@x3em\quad
\href{http://www.dante.de/dante/DTK}{%
\rotatebox{90}{\hspace*{1.5em}\Large\DTK}}
- \rule{.9pt}{\lx}\quad
+ \rule{.9pt}{\l@@x}\quad
%
\begin{minipage}[b]{.75\textwidth}\parskip=1ex
{\raggedleft\large
\href{http://www.dante.de/}{DANTE\\
Deutschsprachige\\
Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V.}\medskip\par
- }
- \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi\emph{\@title}, \DTK\
- \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip
+ }%
+ {\let\thanks\@gobble
+ \ifx\@author\empty\else\@author: \fi
+ \ifx\@title\empty\else\emph{\@title}, \fi
+ }
+ \DTK\ \Volume, S.\ \Pages.\medskip
\scriptsize Reproduktion oder Nutzung dieses Beitrags durch
konventionelle, elektronische oder beliebige andere Verfahren ist
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls
index 2b40f69f831..76785eb4a88 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.cls
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -76,12 +77,15 @@
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2}
\def\filename{dtk.dtx}
-\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $}
-\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $}
+\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $}
+\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $}
\let\docversion=\fileversion
\let\docdate=\filedate
\newif\ifDTK@Author@
\DTK@Author@true
+\newif\ifDTK@Draft@
+\newif\ifDTK@lineno@
+\DTK@lineno@false
\newif\ifDTK@german@
\DTK@german@true
\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
@@ -117,6 +121,15 @@
\fi
\newread\DTK@file
\ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene]
+\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{%
+ \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}
+%%%%
\DeclareOption{10pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
@@ -125,6 +138,42 @@
\DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false}
\DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false}
\DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
+\DeclareOption{draft}{%
+ \DTK@Draft@true
+ \DTK@lineno@true
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}%
+}
+\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true}
+\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false}
+\DeclareOption{pagewise}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+\DeclareOption{running}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ %\def\Hugo{%
+ \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!!
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswatrue %C
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse %D
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswafalse %A
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue %B
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %}\Hugo
+ %\@tempcnta=\c@page
+ %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi
+ \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi
+ %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}}
+\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ \arabic{linenumber}}}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
\DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}}
\DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}}
@@ -134,9 +183,39 @@
\DeclareOption{01}{\def\DTK@layout{01}}
\DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}}
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}
+\else
+\DeclareOption*{%
+ \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}%
+ {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}%
+ {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}%
+}
+\fi
\ProcessOptions
\LoadClass{book}
+\ifDTK@lineno@
+ \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers
+ \RequirePackage{color}%
+ \linenumbersep=.8ex
+ \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}%
+ \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen
+ \def\thelinenumber{%
+ \begingroup
+ \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{%
+ \DTK@@thelinenumber}%
+ \endgroup}%
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp}
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\fi
+\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
+\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e}
+\@ifundefined{flushleft}
+ {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{}
+\usepackage{filecontents}
\ifDTK@german@
\RequirePackage{ngerman}
\selectlanguage{ngerman}
@@ -146,9 +225,10 @@
\typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space
afterwards.}
\fi
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
\ifDTK@Author@\else
- \RequirePackage{multicol}
\RequirePackage{graphicx,color}
+ \errorcontextlines=100\relax
\fi
\RequirePackage{dtklogos}
\newcommand\NeedPackage[1]{%
@@ -159,15 +239,16 @@
\typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}%
\typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}%
\typeout{***}%
- \typeout{***}
+ \typeout{***}%
\fi}
\paperwidth = 148.5mm
\paperheight = 210mm
\textheight = 471pt
\textwidth = 333pt
\oddsidemargin = 0pt
-\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin
-\topmargin = 0pt
+\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt
+\evensidemargin -17.70235pt
+\topmargin -55.66684pt
\headheight = 17pt
\headsep = 17pt
\footskip = 24pt
@@ -181,6 +262,11 @@
\raggedbottom
\clubpenalty = 10000
\widowpenalty = 10000
+\marginparwidth=1cm
+\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar}
+\renewcommand*\marginpar{%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}%
+ \DTK@orig@marginpar}
\newcommand\DTKgerman{
\let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
\let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
@@ -190,20 +276,50 @@
\DTK@captionsgerman
\gdef\refname{Literatur}%
\gdef\bibname{Literatur}%
- \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}%
+ \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}%
}
\ifDTK@german@
\DTKgerman
\fi
\newcommand\addressname{Autoren/Organisatoren}
\newcommand\journalname{Die \TeX nische Kom{\"o}die}
-\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\
+\newcommand\Volume{?/??}
+\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\
\begingroup
\count1=\time\divide\count1 60
\count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time
- \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
+ \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
\endgroup
}
+\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{}
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \newcommand*\DTK@today{}%
+ \begingroup
+ \count@\time
+ \divide\count@ 60\relax
+ \count2=-\count@
+ \multiply\count2 60\relax
+ \advance\count2 \time
+ %% \loggingall %% Wuduh!
+ \xdef\DTK@today{%
+ \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the
+ %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht?
+ \noexpand\noexpand~%
+ %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt?
+ %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand!
+ \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}%
+ %%\show\DTK@today
+ \endgroup
+ \ifDTK@Draft@
+ \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}%
+ \AtEndOfClass{%
+ \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain
+ \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}%
+ \else
+ \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf
+ \let\@LN@col\@gobble
+ \fi
+\fi
\newcommand\footmark{\journalname\ \volume}
\newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf}
\newcommand\SectionFont{\large\sf}
@@ -274,6 +390,12 @@
\providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+%% hv 2006-08-11
+\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url}
+\providecommand*{\href}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{%
+ \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}%
+}
\providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}}
\def\@listI{%
\leftmargin = \leftmargini
@@ -517,12 +639,24 @@
\let\\=\relax
\PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt
\ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}%
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
\let\ps@headings\ps@plain
\newcommand\ps@part{%
\let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo
@@ -531,21 +665,47 @@
\let\subsectionmark=\@gobble
\let\@oddhead=\@empty
\let\@evenhead=\@empty
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
\pagestyle{plain}
-\ifDTK@Author@\else
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{%
+ \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}%
+\else
\newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{%
\thispagestyle{empty}%
- \gdef\volume{#1}%
+ \gdef\Volume{#1}%
+ \xdef\volume{\Volume}%???
\gdef\DTKedition{#2}%
\gdef\DTKdate{#3}%
+ \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax
+ \immediate\write\@unused{%
+ \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}%
+ }%
+ \immediate\closeout\@unused
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw.
\global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography
\global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble
+ \fi
\CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\newpage}
\fi
@@ -564,7 +724,7 @@
\hbox to\@tempdimb{%
\vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{%
\vskip\wd\@tempboxa
- \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \
+ \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ %
\rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight}
\begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright
\rule{1em}{0pt}%
@@ -642,7 +802,11 @@
\def"{\string"}%
\def\null{}%
\expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \else
+ \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \fi
\endgroup
}
\catcode`\"=\DTK@cat
@@ -695,7 +859,9 @@
\ifDTK@Author@
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}}
+ \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15
\else
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{%
\typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}%
@@ -703,6 +869,16 @@
makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}%
\typeout{\space}}%
}
+ \else
+ \newcommand\listofaddresses{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+ }
+ \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary
+ \fi
\fi
\ifDTK@Author@
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
@@ -767,7 +943,198 @@
\hbox to\@tempdimb{#2\hss}%
#1\par
\endgroup}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo}
+\else
+\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}}
+\fi
+\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty}
+{%
+ \RequirePackage{eurosans}
+ %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ???
+}
+{%
+ % Das kann jeder.
+ \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}}
+}
+\begingroup
+ \chardef\x=0 %
+ % check pdfTeX
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \chardef\x=1 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % check VTeX
+ \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=2 %
+ }%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase\x
+ % default case
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}%
+\or
+ % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
+ \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight
+\else
+ % VTeX is running
+ \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight
+\fi
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter...
+ \ttfamily
+ \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font
+ \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@
+ \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{%
+ Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+\RequirePackage{makeidx}
+\renewenvironment{theindex}
+ {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]%
+ \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep=10pt
+ \raggedbottom\raggedright
+ \let\item\@idxitem}
+ {\end{multicols}}
+\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}}
+\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}}
+\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax}
+
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook}
+\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%???
+ \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+}
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput}
+\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{}
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie}
+\else
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}
+\fi
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{}
+%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces}
+\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{}
+\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \filename@parse{#1}%
+ \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%
+ \@ifundefined{filename@ext}%
+ {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}%
+ }%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}%
+ \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{%
+ %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+ %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF
+ %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}%
+ %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble
+ \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook
+ \DTK@eat@version}%
+ \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}%
+ }%
+ \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{%
+ \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \edef\@tempa{##1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}%
+ \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname
+ \fi
+ \fi}}%
+ \let\pagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\thispagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\nocite\@gobble
+ \let\listfiles\relax
+ \let\nofiles\relax
+ \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewenvironment*{document}%
+ %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}%
+ %%%{\endinput}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}%
+ \input{\DTK@local@inputname}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf}
+\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}%
+ %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}%
+ \ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \listfiles
+ \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}%
+ {\typeout{*************************************^^J%
+ * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J%
+ *************************************}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}%
+ % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal!
+ }%
+ {%
+ \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax
+ \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}%
+ \endgroup
+ \AtEndDocument{%
+ \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{%
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] %
+ \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ % RN 2005-03-21
+ \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
+ \ifDTK@Draft@\else
+ \nolinenumbers
+ \fi
+ }{}
+}
+\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders?
+\def\printindex{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+}
+\@fptop\z@
+
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `dtk.cls'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty
index 98bcb3c5afb..9990c26e07d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk.sty
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -76,12 +77,15 @@
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2}
\def\filename{dtk.dtx}
-\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $}
-\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $}
+\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $}
+\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $}
\let\docversion=\fileversion
\let\docdate=\filedate
\newif\ifDTK@Author@
\DTK@Author@true
+\newif\ifDTK@Draft@
+\newif\ifDTK@lineno@
+\DTK@lineno@false
\newif\ifDTK@german@
\DTK@german@true
\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
@@ -117,6 +121,15 @@
\fi
\newread\DTK@file
\ProvidesClass{dtk}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene]
+\newcommand\DTK@isnum[1]{%
+ \if!\ifnum9<1#1!\else_\fi
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\DTK@@thelinenumber{\thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}
+%%%%
\DeclareOption{10pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\OptionNotUsed}
@@ -125,6 +138,42 @@
\DeclareOption{full}{\DTK@Author@false}
\DeclareOption{omitgerman}{\DTK@german@false}
\DeclareOption{ancient}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
+\DeclareOption{draft}{%
+ \DTK@Draft@true
+ \DTK@lineno@true
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{pagewise}{lineno}%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}%
+}
+\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@true}
+\DeclareOption{nolinenumbers}{\DTK@lineno@false}
+\DeclareOption{pagewise}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+\DeclareOption{running}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{lineno}}
+\DeclareOption{ln-long}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ %\def\Hugo{%
+ \ifoddNumberedPage% eigtl. Even!!!
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswatrue %C
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse %D
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifodd\c@page
+ \@tempswafalse %A
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue %B
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %}\Hugo
+ %\@tempcnta=\c@page
+ %\if@tempswa \advance\@tempcnta\@ne \fi
+ \if@tempswa \advance\c@page\@ne \fi
+ %\edef\thepage{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \thepage-\arabic{linenumber}}}
+\DeclareOption{ln-short}{\def\DTK@@thelinenumber{%
+ \arabic{linenumber}}}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\DeclareOption{95}{\def\DTK@layout{95}}
\DeclareOption{96}{\def\DTK@layout{96}}
\DeclareOption{97}{\def\DTK@layout{97}}
@@ -134,9 +183,39 @@
\DeclareOption{01}{\def\DTK@layout{01}}
\DeclareOption{02}{\def\DTK@layout{02}}
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}
+\else
+\DeclareOption*{%
+ \DTK@isnum{\CurrentOption}%
+ {\edef\DTK@layout{\CurrentOption}}%
+ {\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}%
+}
+\fi
\ProcessOptions
\LoadClass{book}
+\ifDTK@lineno@
+ \RequirePackage{lineno}\linenumbers
+ \RequirePackage{color}%
+ \linenumbersep=.8ex
+ \def\linenumberfont{\normalfont\scriptsize\sffamily\bfseries}%
+ \definecolor{DTK@lineno@color}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}% SpringGreen
+ \def\thelinenumber{%
+ \begingroup
+ \fboxsep=.3ex\fcolorbox{black}{DTK@lineno@color}{%
+ \DTK@@thelinenumber}%
+ \endgroup}%
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[full]{textcomp}
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\fi
+\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
+\usepackage[newcommands,newparameters]{ragged2e}
+\@ifundefined{flushleft}
+ {\let\flushleft\FlushLeft\let\endflushleft\endFlushLeft}{}
+\usepackage{filecontents}
\ifDTK@german@
\RequirePackage{ngerman}
\selectlanguage{ngerman}
@@ -146,9 +225,10 @@
\typeout{*** Don't forget to use the macro \string\DTKgerman\space
afterwards.}
\fi
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
\ifDTK@Author@\else
- \RequirePackage{multicol}
\RequirePackage{graphicx,color}
+ \errorcontextlines=100\relax
\fi
\RequirePackage{dtklogos}
\newcommand\NeedPackage[1]{%
@@ -159,15 +239,16 @@
\typeout{*** I try to stumble along as good as I can.}%
\typeout{*** Expect some undefined macros or other errors.}%
\typeout{***}%
- \typeout{***}
+ \typeout{***}%
\fi}
\paperwidth = 148.5mm
\paperheight = 210mm
\textheight = 471pt
\textwidth = 333pt
\oddsidemargin = 0pt
-\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin
-\topmargin = 0pt
+\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin\oddsidemargin -35.89157pt
+\evensidemargin -17.70235pt
+\topmargin -55.66684pt
\headheight = 17pt
\headsep = 17pt
\footskip = 24pt
@@ -181,6 +262,11 @@
\raggedbottom
\clubpenalty = 10000
\widowpenalty = 10000
+\marginparwidth=1cm
+\@ifdefinable\DTK@orig@marginpar{\let\DTK@orig@marginpar\marginpar}
+\renewcommand*\marginpar{%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{Command `\string\marginpar' not expected}%
+ \DTK@orig@marginpar}
\newcommand\DTKgerman{
\let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
\let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
@@ -190,20 +276,50 @@
\DTK@captionsgerman
\gdef\refname{Literatur}%
\gdef\bibname{Literatur}%
- \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \volume}%
+ \gdef\contentsname{Inhalt Heft \Volume}%
}
\ifDTK@german@
\DTKgerman
\fi
\newcommand\addressname{Autoren/Organisatoren}
\newcommand\journalname{Die \TeX nische Kom{\"o}die}
-\newcommand\volume{?/?? --- Entwurf \today\
+\newcommand\Volume{?/??}
+\newcommand\volume{\Volume\ --- Entwurf \today\
\begingroup
\count1=\time\divide\count1 60
\count2=\count1 \multiply\count2 -60 \advance\count2\time
- \the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
+ \ifnum\count1<10 0\fi\the\count1:\ifnum\count2<10 0\fi\the\count2
\endgroup
}
+\newcommand*\DTK@corr@version{}
+\ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \newcommand*\DTK@today{}%
+ \begingroup
+ \count@\time
+ \divide\count@ 60\relax
+ \count2=-\count@
+ \multiply\count2 60\relax
+ \advance\count2 \time
+ %% \loggingall %% Wuduh!
+ \xdef\DTK@today{%
+ \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}% %!!! \the
+ %\protect~% Warum geht das nicht?
+ \noexpand\noexpand~%
+ %% Wuduh! 2 \noexpand noetig? Weil \number\the 2mal zuschlaegt?
+ %% Ohne \the langt 1 \noexpand!
+ \two@digits{\the\count@}:\two@digits{\the\count2}}%
+ %%\show\DTK@today
+ \endgroup
+ \ifDTK@Draft@
+ \def\DTK@corr@version{\fbox{Korrekturversion:~\DTK@today}}%
+ \AtEndOfClass{%
+ \let\ps@empty=\ps@plain
+ \let\ps@part=\ps@plain}%
+ \else
+ \let\@LN\@gobbletwo% Wegen .aux-Datei von vorherigem lineno-Lauf
+ \let\@LN@col\@gobble
+ \fi
+\fi
\newcommand\footmark{\journalname\ \volume}
\newcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\sf}
\newcommand\SectionFont{\large\sf}
@@ -274,6 +390,12 @@
\providecommand\Macro[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand\Environment[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand\Email[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+%% hv 2006-08-11
+\providecommand*{\nolinkurl}{\url}
+\providecommand*{\href}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\CTANurl}[1]{%
+ \href{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/#1}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:#1}}%
+}
\providecommand\Acronym[1]{\textsc{#1}}
\def\@listI{%
\leftmargin = \leftmargini
@@ -517,12 +639,24 @@
\let\\=\relax
\PagenoFont \thepage\hfil\HeadFont \leftmark}\kern 3pt
\ifdim\HeadRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\HeadRuleDepth\fi}}%
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont\DTK@corr@version\hfil \footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
\let\ps@headings\ps@plain
\newcommand\ps@part{%
\let\@mkboth=\@gobbletwo
@@ -531,21 +665,47 @@
\let\subsectionmark=\@gobble
\let\@oddhead=\@empty
\let\@evenhead=\@empty
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-17
\def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
\kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\FootFont \footmark\hfil\null}}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
\ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
- \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}}
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{\null\hfil\FootFont \footmark}}}%
+\else
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \FootFont \footmark\hfil\DTK@corr@version\null}}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{%
+ \ifdim\FootRuleDepth>0pt \hrule depth\FootRuleDepth \fi
+ \kern 5pt \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \null\FootFont \DTK@corr@version\hfil\footmark}}}%
+\fi
+}
\pagestyle{plain}
-\ifDTK@Author@\else
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \AtEndOfClass{%\show\DTK@jobname
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.inf}{%
+ \renewcommand\volume{\Volume}}{}}%
+\else
\newcommand\DieTeXnischeKomoedie[3]{%
\thispagestyle{empty}%
- \gdef\volume{#1}%
+ \gdef\Volume{#1}%
+ \xdef\volume{\Volume}%???
\gdef\DTKedition{#2}%
\gdef\DTKdate{#3}%
+ \immediate\openout\@unused \jobname.inf\relax
+ \immediate\write\@unused{%
+ \string\gdef\string\Volume{#1}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKedition{#2}^^J%
+ \string\gdef\string\DTKdate{#3}%
+ }%
+ \immediate\closeout\@unused
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-02-20; unnoetig, da localer \jobname usw.
\global\let\bibliography=\DTK@bibliography
\global\let\bibliographystyle=\@gobble
+ \fi
\CoverArt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\newpage}
\fi
@@ -564,7 +724,7 @@
\hbox to\@tempdimb{%
\vbox to\wd\@tempboxa{%
\vskip\wd\@tempboxa
- \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \
+ \vss\rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}}\hss} \ %
\rule{\CoverArt@barwidth}{\textheight}
\begin{minipage}[b]{.7\textwidth}\raggedright
\rule{1em}{0pt}%
@@ -642,7 +802,11 @@
\def"{\string"}%
\def\null{}%
\expandafter\@strip\@ddress$%$
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\index{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \else
+ \glossary{\STRIP@*#1 #2!#3}%
+ \fi
\endgroup
}
\catcode`\"=\DTK@cat
@@ -695,7 +859,9 @@
\ifDTK@Author@
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\typeout{*** listofaddresses not supported in articles.}}
+ \let\makeaddresses\relax% RN 2005-01-15
\else
+ \iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\newcommand\listofaddresses{%
\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{}{%
\typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}%
@@ -703,6 +869,16 @@
makeindex -s dtk.ist \jobname}%
\typeout{\space}}%
}
+ \else
+ \newcommand\listofaddresses{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+ }
+ \let\makeaddresses\makeglossary
+ \fi
\fi
\ifDTK@Author@
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
@@ -767,7 +943,198 @@
\hbox to\@tempdimb{#2\hss}%
#1\par
\endgroup}
+\iffalse% RN 2005-01-15
\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input dtk\DTK@layout.clo}
+\else
+\@ifundefined{DTK@layout}{}{\input{dtk\DTK@layout.clo}}
+\fi
+\IfFileExists{eurosans.sty}
+{%
+ \RequirePackage{eurosans}
+ %%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\texteuro\euro}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}{\euro}}% ???
+}
+{%
+ % Das kann jeder.
+ \let\DTK@texteuro\texteuro
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \renewcommand*\texteuro{\textsf{\DTK@texteuro}}}
+}
+\begingroup
+ \chardef\x=0 %
+ % check pdfTeX
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \chardef\x=1 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ % check VTeX
+ \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{%
+ \chardef\x=2 %
+ }%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase\x
+ % default case
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}%
+\or
+ % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode
+ \pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\pdfpageheight\paperheight
+\else
+ % VTeX is running
+ \mediawidth\paperwidth\mediaheight\paperheight
+\fi
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \begingroup% vielleicht noch intelligenter...
+ \ttfamily
+ \@tempdima\fontdimen3\font
+ \advance\@tempdima\fontdimen4\font
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@
+ \edef\@tempa{\ttdefault}\gdef\ttdefault{cmtt}%
+ \ClassWarning{dtk}{%
+ Font `\@tempa' is bad, changed to '\ttdefault'}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+\RequirePackage{makeidx}
+\renewenvironment{theindex}
+ {\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{\indexname}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}]%
+ \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep=10pt
+ \raggedbottom\raggedright
+ \let\item\@idxitem}
+ {\end{multicols}}
+\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+\renewcommand\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}}
+\renewcommand\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}}
+\renewcommand\indexspace{\par \vskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus1\p@\relax}
+
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@documentclasshook}
+\AtEmbeddedDocumentclass{%
+%%% \filename@parse{\protect#1}\edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%???
+ \edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+}
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedBeginDocument{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook{}
+\newcommand*\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{%
+ \g@addto@macro\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}
+\AtEmbeddedEndDocument{\endinput}
+\newcommand*\DTK@jobname{}
+\ifDTK@Author@
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{komoedie}
+\else
+ \edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}
+\fi
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@jobname{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@local@inputname{}
+%%%\newcommand*\DTK@PSforPDF{}
+\newcommand*\DTK@eat@version[1][]{\ignorespaces}
+\newcommand*\DTK@usepackage{}
+\newcommand*\DTKinput[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \filename@parse{#1}%
+ \edef\DTK@local@jobname{\filename@base}%
+ \@ifundefined{filename@ext}%
+ {\IfFileExists{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.ltx}}%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{\DTK@local@jobname.tex}}%
+ }%
+ {\edef\DTK@local@inputname{#1}}%
+ \renewcommand*\documentclass[2][]{%
+ %%\edef\jobname{\DTK@local@jobname}%
+ %%%\let\DTK@PSforPDF\PSforPDF
+ %\renewcommand\PSforPDF[2][]{}%
+ %%%\let\PSforPDF\@gobble
+ \DTK@embedded@documentclasshook
+ \DTK@eat@version}%
+ \renewcommand*\usepackage[2][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\DTK@usepackage{##1}{##2}[]}%
+ }%
+ \def\DTK@usepackage##1##2[##3]{%
+ \edef\@tempb{\zap@space##2 \@empty}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@tempb\do{\def\@tempb{inputenc}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \edef\@tempa{##1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\inputencoding{##1}\fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\NeedPackage{\@tempa}%
+ \RecordPackage{##1}\@tempa{##3}\DTK@local@inputname
+ \fi
+ \fi}}%
+ \let\pagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\thispagestyle\@gobble
+ \let\nocite\@gobble
+ \let\listfiles\relax
+ \let\nofiles\relax
+ \renewcommand*\AtBeginDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtBeginDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewcommand*\AtEndDocument[1]{%
+ \typeout{\string\AtEndDocument\space ignored!}}
+ \renewenvironment*{document}%
+ %%%{\let\PSforPDF\DTK@PSforPDF}%
+ %%%{\endinput}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@begindocumenthook}%
+ {\DTK@embedded@enddocumenthook}%
+ \input{\DTK@local@inputname}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+%%%\RequirePackage[final]{ps4pdf}
+\@ifdefinable\User@Packages{\newwrite\User@Packages}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ %%%\edef\DTK@jobname{\jobname}%
+ %%%\edef\PfP@container{\DTK@jobname-pics.pdf}%
+ \ifDTK@Author@\else
+ \listfiles
+ \InputIfFileExists{userpackages.tex}%
+ {\typeout{*************************************^^J%
+ * File `userpackages.tex' used.^^J%
+ *************************************}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{}%
+ % warum gibt es kein \@gobblethree? ist jetzt egal!
+ }%
+ {%
+ \immediate\openout\User@Packages userpackages.tex\relax
+ \begingroup \catcode`\~=\active \let~=\space
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \@percentchar\space userpackages.tex^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space generated by `\jobname'^^J%
+ \@percentchar\space \DTK@today}%
+ \endgroup
+ \AtEndDocument{%
+ \immediate\closeout\User@Packages\relax}%
+ \newcommand*\RecordPackage[4]{%
+ \immediate\write\User@Packages{%
+ \string\usepackage[##1]{##2}[##3] %
+ \@percentchar\space From file: ##4}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ % RN 2005-03-21
+ \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
+ \ifDTK@Draft@\else
+ \nolinenumbers
+ \fi
+ }{}
+}
+\def\indexname{Stichwortverzeichnis}% Besser woanders?
+\def\printindex{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\DTK@jobname.ind}{}{%
+ \typeout{No file \DTK@jobname.ind.}%
+ \typeout{Use the following command to create it:^^J%
+ \@spaces makeindex -s dtk-idx.ist -o \DTK@jobname.ind \DTK@jobname.idx}%
+ \typeout{\space}}%
+}
+\@fptop\z@
+
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `dtk.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index 075178f7c5b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk02.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk02.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `two')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk02.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Purpose:
-%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
-%%
-%% Documentation:
-%% The documentation can be generated from the original file
-%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to
-%% get the full documentation in DVI format.
-%%
-%%
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Mainzer Str. 8
-%% 56321 Rhens (Germany)
-%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
-%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
-%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
-%% he says so in writing.
-%%
-%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
-%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
-%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
-%%
-%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with
-%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newcommand\DTK@bibliography@rightskip{}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk02.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk00.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk07.clo
index 458e22db3f6..2b86288d557 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk00.clo
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk07.clo
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
%%
-%% This is file `dtk00.clo',
+%% This is file `dtk07.clo',
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
%%
%% The original source files were:
%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `twothousand')
+%% dtk.dtx (with options: `2006|2007')
%%
%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
%%
%% For the copyright see the source file.
%%
%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk00.clo.
+%% with new filenames distinct from dtk07.clo.
%%
%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -74,7 +75,6 @@
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
\endinput
%%
-%% End of file `dtk00.clo'.
+%% End of file `dtk07.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index f9af7aa3ee4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk95.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk95.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyfive')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk95.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Purpose:
-%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
-%%
-%% Documentation:
-%% The documentation can be generated from the original file
-%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to
-%% get the full documentation in DVI format.
-%%
-%%
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Mainzer Str. 8
-%% 56321 Rhens (Germany)
-%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
-%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
-%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
-%% he says so in writing.
-%%
-%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
-%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
-%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
-%%
-%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with
-%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc}
-\textheight = 484pt
-\textwidth = 342pt
-\headheight = 14pt
-\headsep = 12pt
-\footskip = 21pt
-\columnsep = 10pt
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
-\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
- \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
- \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
- \selectlanguage{german}%
-}
-\ifDTK@german@
- \DTKgerman
-\fi
-\renewcommand\ChapterFont{\Large\bf}
-\renewcommand\SectionFont{\normalsize\bf}
-\renewcommand\SubsectionFont{\normalsize\it}
-\renewcommand\SubsubsectionFont{\normalsize\it}
-\renewcommand\AuthorFont{\normalsize\rm}
-\renewcommand\TitleFont{\large\bf}
-\renewcommand\HeadFont{\sl}
-\renewcommand\FootFont{\footnotesize\sl}
-\renewcommand\PagenoFont{\rm}
-\renewcommand\HeadRuleDepth{0.1pt}
-\renewcommand\FootRuleDepth{0.1pt}
-\renewcommand\labelitemi{$\m@th\bullet$}
-\renewcommand\labelitemii{\bf --}
-\renewcommand\labelitemiii{$\m@th\ast$}
-\setlength\leftmargini{2.5em}
-\setlength\leftmarginii{2.2em}
-\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.87em}
-\setlength\leftmarginiv{1.7em}
-\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
-\renewenvironment{quotation}{%
- \list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
- \itemindent\listparindent
- \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep \z@ plus\p@}%
- \item\relax
-}{\endlist}
-\renewcommand\TopArt[2]{%
- \begingroup
- \unitlength = 1pt
- \@tempcnta = \textwidth
- \divide\@tempcnta by \unitlength
- \framebox(\@tempcnta,38){\parbox{.95\textwidth}{%
- \begin{center}{\large\bf #1}#2 \end{center}}}
- \endgroup}
-\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{%
- -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{.5ex plus.2ex}{\SectionFont}}
-\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{%
- -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsectionFont}}
-\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{%
- -1ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{0.75ex plus.2ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{%
- 1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}%
- {\parindent}{1ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-.5ex}{\SubsubsectionFont}}
-\renewcommand\DTKtitle@skip{0pt}
-\renewcommand\DTKtitle@sep{\rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}%
- \vskip 14pt plus 8pt minus 12pt}
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
- \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
-\renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
- \hrule width .4\columnwidth
- \kern 2.6\p@}
-\renewcommand\CoverArt[3]{
- \ifx\CoverTitleFont\@undefined
- \newfont\CoverTitleFont{cmr17 scaled \magstep 5}%
- \fi
- \begin{center}
- {\LARGE DANTE\\[14pt]
- \Large Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ \eV}%
- \\\rule{\textwidth}{2pt}\par\vfill
- \CoverTitleFont Die
- \\[22pt] \TeX nische
- \\[22pt] Kom{\"o}die
- \par\vfill\rule{\textwidth}{2pt}\\[4pt]\large
- Heft #1\hfill #2.\ Jahrgang\hfill #3
- \normalsize
- \end{center}\vspace*{28.5pt}}
-\let\addresssize\relax
-\ifDTK@Author@\else
- \renewcommand\ContentsArt{\part@nosubtitle{\contentsname}}
-\fi
-\renewcommand\l@part[2]{%
- \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
- \addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line
- \@tempdima 1.5em
- \begingroup
- \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
- \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
- \bf
- \leavevmode
- \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
- \hskip -\leftskip
- #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
- \penalty\@highpenalty
- \endgroup}
-\renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
- \renewcommand\eV{e.\kern-.18emV\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk95.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index e1fd8f15cef..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk96.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk96.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetysix')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk96.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Purpose:
-%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
-%%
-%% Documentation:
-%% The documentation can be generated from the original file
-%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to
-%% get the full documentation in DVI format.
-%%
-%%
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Mainzer Str. 8
-%% 56321 Rhens (Germany)
-%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
-%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
-%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
-%% he says so in writing.
-%%
-%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
-%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
-%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
-%%
-%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with
-%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc}
-\textheight = 484pt
-\textwidth = 342pt
-\columnsep = 10pt
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
-\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
- \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
- \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
- \selectlanguage{german}%
-}
-\ifDTK@german@
- \DTKgerman
-\fi
-\let\addresssize\relax
-\renewcommand\l@part[2]{%
- \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
- \addvspace{0.5em plus 0pt}% space above part line
- \@tempdima 1.5em
- \begingroup
- \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
- \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
- \bf
- \leavevmode
- \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
- \hskip -\leftskip
- #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
- \penalty\@highpenalty
- \endgroup}
-\renewcommand\l@chapter{\@dottedtocline{0}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk96.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index f72488b5380..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk98.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk98.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetyeight')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk98.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Purpose:
-%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
-%%
-%% Documentation:
-%% The documentation can be generated from the original file
-%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to
-%% get the full documentation in DVI format.
-%%
-%%
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Mainzer Str. 8
-%% 56321 Rhens (Germany)
-%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
-%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
-%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
-%% he says so in writing.
-%%
-%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
-%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
-%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
-%%
-%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with
-%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\RequirePackage[OT1]{fontenc}
-\textheight = 484pt
-\textwidth = 342pt
-\columnsep = 10pt
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
-\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
- \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
- \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
- \selectlanguage{german}%
-}
-\ifDTK@german@
- \DTKgerman
-\fi
-\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk98.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index f41cb20ce03..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtk99.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `dtk99.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx (with options: `ninetynine')
-%%
-%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%%
-%% For the copyright see the source file.
-%%
-%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed
-%% with new filenames distinct from dtk99.clo.
-%%
-%% For distribution of the original source see the terms
-%% for copying and modification in the file dtk.dtx.
-%%
-%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the
-%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
-%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
-%% in the same archive or directory.)
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Purpose:
-%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
-%%
-%% Documentation:
-%% The documentation can be generated from the original file
-%% dtk.dtx with the doc style/package. LaTeX the file dtk.tex to
-%% get the full documentation in DVI format.
-%%
-%%
-%% Author: Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Mainzer Str. 8
-%% 56321 Rhens (Germany)
-%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
-%%
-%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
-%% responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it or for
-%% whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all, unless
-%% he says so in writing.
-%%
-%% Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
-%% dtk.dtx, provided this copyright notice is preserved and any
-%% modifications are indicated.
-%%
-%%
-%% This package is still under development and may be replaced with
-%% a new version which provides enhanced functionality.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\textheight = 484pt
-\textwidth = 342pt
-\columnsep = 10pt
-\emergencystretch = 0pt
-\renewcommand\DTKgerman{
- \let\DTK@captionsgerman=\captionsgerman
- \let\captionsgerman=\DTK@captionsgerman
- \selectlanguage{german}%
-}
-\ifDTK@german@
- \DTKgerman
-\fi
-\def\TOC@configure{\renewcommand{\bfdefault}{bdx}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dtk99.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty
index c40c9183305..3a43f41a075 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dtk/dtklogos.sty
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the
%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be
%% in the same archive or directory.)
+%% Time-stamp: "dtk.dtx 2006-08-11 18:18:53 CET Mittwoch RN/HjG/hv"
%%
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.8 2002/04/10 21:03:42 gene Exp gene $
+%%^^A $Id: dtk.dtx,v 1.9b 2006/08/11 21:03:42 hv Exp hv $
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Purpose:
%% LaTeX Class and Styles for ``Die TeXnische Komoedie''.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
%% Mail: gene@gerd-neugebauer.de
%%
%% Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Gerd Neugebauer
-%% Copyright (C) 1997-2002 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
-%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2006 DANTE, Deutschsprachige
+%% Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V.
%%
%% dtk.dtx is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts
@@ -76,8 +77,8 @@
%%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\DTKrcs$#1: #2 #3${#2}
\def\filename{dtk.dtx}
-\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.8 $}
-\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2002/04/10 21:03:42 $}
+\xdef\fileversion{\DTKrcs$Revision: 1.10 $}
+\xdef\filedate{\DTKrcs$Date: 2007/08/28 18:17:42 $}
\let\docversion=\fileversion
\let\docdate=\filedate
\ProvidesPackage{dtklogos}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space gene]
@@ -127,6 +128,7 @@
\(\cal A\)\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
{\(\cal M\)}\kern-.125em{\(\cal S\)}}
\providecommand\AMS{\AmS}
+\providecommand{\XeTeX}{X\kern-.1em\lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.15em\TeX}
\providecommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}
\providecommand\AMSLaTeX{\AmSLaTeX}
\providecommand\AmSTeX{%
@@ -240,6 +242,12 @@
\providecommand\WinEdt{\mbox{\textsf{WinEdt}}}%
\providecommand\WinEdtKK{\mbox{\textsf{WinEdt2k}}}%
\providecommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\providecommand*{\exTeX}{%
+ \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet
+ \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}%
+ \kern-.15em\TeX
+ }%
+}
\providecommand\eV{e.V\kern-.18em\@ifnextchar.{}{.}}
\providecommand\dante{DANTE \eV}
\providecommand\Dante{DANTE,
@@ -258,6 +266,26 @@
\providecommand\NTS{\leavevmode
\hbox{$\cal N\kern-0.35em\lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}\kern-0.2emS$}}
\providecommand\eTeX{{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}}
+\providecommand*{\ExTeX}{% RN 2005-01-15
+ \textrm{% das Logo grundsätzlich serifenbehaftet
+ \ensuremath{\textstyle\varepsilon_{\kern-0.15em\mathcal{X}}}%
+ \kern-.15em\TeX
+ }%
+}
+\IfFileExists{ot1dante.fd}% RN 2005-01-15
+{%
+ \providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \usefont{OT1}{dante}{m}{n}\selectfont DANTE%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+}
+{\providecommand*\DANTE[1][]{DANTE}}
+\providecommand*\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t}
+\providecommand*\conTeXt{con\TeX t}
+\providecommand\Thanh{H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh}
+\providecommand*\MiKTeX{MiK\TeX}
+\providecommand*\MikTeX\MiKTeX
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `dtklogos.sty'.